Skip to main content

Service DesignLaajuus (10 cr)

Study unit code: R0216

Credits

10 op

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Annukka Jussila
Teacher in charge

Annukka Jussila

Groups
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

5 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDV2), Laurea Tikkurila (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NDV224KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, monimuotototeutus, K24, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Hyvinkää, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Aapo Hollanti
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Aapo Hollanti

Groups
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Management (HBA2), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Eeva Miettinen
  • Laura Salmi
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HBA224SN
    Degree Programme in Business Management, daytime studies, S24, Leppävaara
  • HLA224KN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, K24, Leppävaara
  • HBA224SN2
    Degree Programme in Business Management (tailor-made), daytime studies, S24, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Veera Lassila
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Veera Lassila

Groups
  • HBA224SN
    Degree Programme in Business Management, daytime studies, S24, Leppävaara
  • HLA224KN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, K24, Leppävaara
  • HBA224SN2
    Degree Programme in Business Management (tailor-made), daytime studies, S24, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 25.05.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Anna Nolvi
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

19.05.2025 - 30.11.2025

Timing

01.08.2025 - 30.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

31.03.2025 - 06.04.2025

Timing

01.05.2025 - 31.08.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Teachers
  • Marika Nikkinen
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

17.02.2025 - 01.06.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Laura Salmi
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section must be completed during the period 17.2.-23.3. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. It is completed independently in Canvas.

The Project section starts with a kick-off in Zoom on 31.3. and ends on 26.5. with final presentations. All the meetings are in Zoom (see detailed schedule in Pakki and/or Canvas).

Self and peer assessments will be completed after the last meeting.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section consists of a Service Design project for a project partner.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION (17.2. - 23.3.):
needs to be completed before taking the the Project section.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame. In order to pass the theory section, a minimum total point score has to be achieved before the project section starts (see details in Canvas). Only students who have passed the theory part will be admitted to the project part.

PROJECT SECTION (31.3. - 26.5.):
will be conducted online according to a pre-defined schedule (see details in Canvas). The project part requires active teamwork, including co-creation. Participation to the project kick off (31.3.) is essential.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Forms of internationality

The study unit is implemented in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
This part is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
This part is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work is done in teams.

Content and scheduling

Both the theory and project parts follow the Double Diamond service design process model: Discover, Define, Develop, Deliver. Each phase will be introduced and teams will apply them to practice during the project.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes in Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes


All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information.

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

10.02.2025 - 13.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Annukka Jussila
Teacher in charge

Annukka Jussila

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The study unit is conducted online and does not require attendance on campus. The study unit consists of two parts: Theory part and Project part.

The Theory part runs through 11.2.2025 – 23.3.2025.
The Theory part (3ECTS) is completed independently following a schedule by a given deadline. Self-direction is required. You will study the theory in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests.

Please Note! Completing the Theory part and all the tests in it is a prerequisite for attending the second part, The Project part.

The Project part runs through 25.3.2025 – 13.5.2025
The Project part (7ECTS) is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Design Sprint is divided in Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint sections. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. This includes scheduled guidance online: other than Q&A sessions are recorded and can be viewed on Canvas afterwards. The Design Sprint Project is done in teams and requires active participation and commitment to interactive studying. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions!

You will receive feedback for the project from the teacher during the project. Working life and peer feedback is utilized when presenting your teamwork results. For the project we will use Canvas learning environment, digital co-creation tool MIRO for collaborative online group work and Zoom for guidance sessions. In Miro you will have a set of templates that guide you through the project tasks.

Course sessions, (please note the mandatory sessions):
Theory part begins
11.2. at 16.30-19.00 in Zoom: Service Design study unit Kick-off (this session is mandatory. By attending the first session you will confirm your participation on this study unit!)

Project part begins
Pre-Sprint
25.3. at 16.30-19.00 in Zoom: Pre-Sprint Kick-Off, Project partner present, Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, personas and customer journeys, interview planning, MANDATORY (the project teams are confirmed at this session)

Sprint, guidance Q&A sessions
8.4. at 16.30-19.00 Zoom Design Sprint days info, Q&A, project partner present
9.4. at 16.30-19.00 Zoom Q&A session
15.4. at 16.30-19.00 Zoom Q&A session
16.4. at 16.30-19.00 Zoom Q&A session
22.4. at 16.30-19.00 Zoom Q&A session

After Sprint
6.5. at 16.30-19.00 Pitching Presentations
7.5. at 16.30-19.00 Pitching Presentations

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871?sid=2956837188

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J. & Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint: How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five days. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/3amk.87746?sid=2956838418

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

More info online https://laureauas.sharepoint.com/sites/studentFin_opintojensuunnittelu/SitePages/Osaamisen-tunnistaminen-ja-tunnustaminen.aspx

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

In Project part will include a Service Design Project for a partner organization. Partner organization will be present at Project Kick-off, Sprint info and for Pitch Presentations.

Student in teams of 6 persons will develop a service concept following the design sprint process.

Important dates

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY PART
The theory part is 3 ECTS which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually, self-direction is required.

PROJECT PART
The project part is 7 ECTS which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
The project will be done in teams. Experience in study unit teamwork online is required.

Content and scheduling

THEORY PART 11.2.2025 – 23.3.2025.
The theory covers service design process (Double Diamond), service design principles, tools and methods. Theory part includes five tests which are done individually. All test can be taken at student's own pace and the tests need to be passed before the project part begins.

PROJECT PART 25.3.2025 – 13.5.2025
Students in teams will conduct a service design project using a Design Sprint process for partner organization. In project you will use the tools and methods presented in theory section: e.g. desk research, interview planning and interviews, personas and customer journeys, ideation, prototyping and validating your ideas. We will use Canvas and digital co-creation tool Miro for team collaboration and Zoom for guidance sessions.

Project includes:
Pre -Sprint 25.3.-7.4. (desk and field research)
Sprint 8.4.-22.4. (Design Sprint process)
After Sprint 28.4.- 13.5. (Pitch Presentations and finalizing service concept)

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

The quality of the study unit implementation has been assessed and the self-evaluation report is available in Canvas.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

THEORY PART: 3ECTS
Fully automated including individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5.

PROJECT PART: 7ECTS
Interactive online part, team assignments: Pitch presentation and Design Sprint Portfolio. Scale 1-5.
The Design Sprint process and the outcomes of the project (Pitch presentation and Design Sprint Portfolio) are evaluated by the lecturers. For the Pitch presentations teams will receive feedback from partner organization, peers and lecturers.
BuddyCheck will be used for teamwork feedback at the end of the course.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

“Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

03.02.2025 - 25.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLB2), Laurea Hyvinkää (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Liko D Virtuaali
  • Liko E Virtuaali
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

MAIN THEMES AND CONTENTS OF THE COURSE

• Principles of service design process and tools in theory and practice
• Developing the service design concept based on a real business assignment by partner organization
• Use of AI in a Service Design Process

Structure and implementation of the course (PART 1 AND PART 2):

ORIENTATION session in Zoom Mandatory 5.2.2025 15.00-16.00.

PART 1. SERVICE DESIGN THEORY -COURSE IN CANVAS (3 ECTS) – INDIVIDUAL STUDY between (3.2. Canvas course open) 3.2.-16.3.2025.
-> IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 27TH SEPTEMBER 2024 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!

PART 2 SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT (7 ECTS) - IN LEARNING TEAMS between 19.3.-6.5.2025 + Return of Portfolio and Buddy Check by 25.5.2025 (Client Pitch presentations 6.5.2025!)
-> Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, five (5) project guidance sessions, project presentation session and returning the final portfolio, Buddy Check Self and Peer evaluation.
The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions according to the schedules agreed by the learning teams themselves. Minimum 2/3 of team members mandatory presence in guidance sessions.
We will utilize the Miro online-platform during the whole Part 2 Design project work.

Learning teams will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors. Learning teams will be established at the beginning of Part 2.

Location and time

Project’s guidance and working sessions can be viewed in Timetable Engine / Tuudo. Communication practices are agreed on a project-specific basis.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing: applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams will develop a service concept for an organization/company provided by the instructors.

Important dates

Please refer to the Timetable Engine at https://lukkarit.laurea.fi/ for the schedule information. Laurea reserves the right to modify the timetable.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization. You will use tools and methods such as: desk research, contextual interviews, persona, customer journey, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session 5.2.2025 at 15.00-16:00 Zoom: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” The first contact session is MANDATORY to all students.

NOTE: Participation in all contact sessions is mandatory. If you cannot join, send a message to the facilitators at least 1 day in advance. It is also very important, that you agree on your possible absence with your project team in advance and your plan how you will compensate for your absence to your project team. Each team must have minimum /2/3 participants in each session.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Obligatory Self- and peer assessment (using the Buddycheck tool) are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

15.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Eeva Miettinen
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 19.1. -23.1.2023 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 28.1.2023

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 27.2 -24.4.

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts in March and a joint kick-off is held online on 9.3. This part ends on 20.4. with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 19.1.-23.1.2023 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 27.2.-20.4.2023 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 9.3.2023. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions: 9.3, 23.3, 30.3, 31.3, 13.4 ja 20.4.
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Theory 19.1 -23.2
Project part
MANDATORY class sessions: 9.3, 23.3, 30.3, 31.3, 13.4 ja 20.4.
Please note: You can miss only 1 time to complete the project part!


(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

14.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Antti Keskitalo

Groups
  • HLF224KAM
    Liiketalouden koulutus, henkilöstöjohtaminen, monimuotototeutus, K24, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

Please note! This Service Design Course is not a traditional one. The course will be carried through work-based learning project (työn opinnollistaminen). It means that the student must have a job. The content of the student’s job must be such that it enables the completion of the study by doing the work-based learning project. Each student will independently find the learning project and agree with her employer about the work-based learning. The course does not offer a project for student. Therefore, the course is mainly intended for the group HLF223KAM, but other students are also very welcome if the above-mentioned requirements will be fulfilled.

The study unit is conducted online and does not require attendance on campus. The study unit consists of two parts: Theory part and Service Design Project part. The study unit requires active participation and commitment to studying.

THE COURSE UNIT AND THE THEORY PART (3 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 14.1.2025 – 9.2.2025.

The theory part is completed independently following a schedule by a given deadline. Self-direction is required. You will study the theory in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests.

Please Note! Completing the Theory part and all the tests in it is a prerequisite for attending the second part, The Service Design Project part.

THE SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT PART (7 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 10.2.2025 – 11.5.2025.

The Service Design Project part can be completed through work-based learning project or demonstration of competence. The work-based learning project is completed in cooperation with students own workplace organization. The work-based learning project can also be done in pairs or groups.

The Service Design Project part has scheduled guidance sessions remotely on Zoom. The implementation of the work-based learning project is supported by the Canvas learning environment.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The work-based learning project is completed in students own workplace organisation. The work-based learning project can also be done in pairs or groups.

Important dates

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Course structure and sessions, (please note the mandatory sessions):

THE COURSE UNIT AND THE THEORY PART (3 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 14.1.2025 – 9.2.2025.

14.1. at 08.30-10.00 hrs Zoom: Service Design study unit Kick-off / Welcome to Service design study unit and instructions for the study unit (both work-based learning and demonstration of competence) MANDATORY (by attending the first session you will confirm your participation on this study unit!)

14.1. Canvas opens and independent theory studying starts. The topic selection for work-based learning project starts. Forming possible study pairs or groups or work-based learning project starts.

THE SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT PART (7 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 10.2.2025 – 11.5.2025.
Please Note! The successful completion of the THEORY PART is a prerequisite for getting access to THE SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT PART

10.2. at 14.15-15.45 hrs Zoom: The Service Design Project part Kick-Off and instructions MANDATORY

2.3. at 23.59 latest Canvas: deadline for returning work-based learning plan

Guidance Sessions
18.2. at 09.00-10.30 hrs Zoom
11.3 at 09.00-10.30 hrs Zoom
25.3. at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom
7.4. at 12.15-13.45 hrs Zoom

11.5. at 23.59 latest Canvas: deadline for returning the work-based learning project documentation

Project Assessment Discussions
19.5. at 12.00-15.00
20.5. at 12.00-16.00
27.5. at 12.00-16.00
Please note! The discussion slot for these days will be booked separately with the help of booking system during the project part

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 26.7 hours of work performed by the student. The number of credits of the study unit is 10 credits

Content and scheduling

Having completed the study unit, the student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Further information for students

Please note! This Service Design Course is not a traditional one. The course will be carried through work-based learning project (työn opinnollistaminen). It means that the student must have a job. The content of the student’s job must be such that it enables the completion of the study by doing the work-based learning project. Each student will independently find the learning project and agree with her employer about the work-based learning. The course does not offer a project for student. Therefore, the course is mainly intended for the group HLF223KAM, but other students are also very welcome if the above-mentioned requirements will be fulfilled.

The language used in the guidance session can be either Finnish or English.

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

“Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Turnitin is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 80

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDV2), Laurea Tikkurila (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
  • Terhi Kärpänen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NDV223SN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, päivätoteutus, S23, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section. It is possible to retry passing the theory during two days after the theory has finished.
The Project section 2 starts with a joint kick-off and ends with final pitch presentations. The project work is done in Tikkurila campus in teamwork. The project is organised as an intensive hackathon development week between 17.-21.3. where you work with your team every day from 9 til 3 during the week onsite in Tikkurila campus. The team can organise some parts to be done in the evenings individually, if they don't finish the deliverables in campus. During the week you solve a business partner development challenge using service design tools and methods. Before the development week students are expected to search information about the project topic and prepare for the development week. This course is organized as campus based and if you are unable to attend, please choose another implementation of this study unit.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service design portfolio for business partners.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 14.1.-23.2.
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace by certain deadline and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 26.2.-26.3.
Service Design project will be mostly conducted during intensive development week (17.-21.3.) in Tikkurila campus.Before the development week students are expected to collect information about their project topic.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

One study point (ECT) is estimated to be 27 hours of work, but the time varies depending of prior knowledge.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

If you are unable to take part in campus based studies, this R0216-3144 course is not for you. The same study unit is ran as online studies in other campuses, so in this case, please look for those.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 13.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section is a prerequisite for the second Project section.

The Theory section (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 13.1. -2.2.2025 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 2.2.2025

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 10.2 -7.4.2025

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part (online) starts in February and a joint kick-off is held online on 10.2. This part ends on 7.4. with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 13.1. - 2.2.2025 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 10.2.-7.4.2025 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge for Assembly, https://assembly.org/en

We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 10.2.2025. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions: 10.2, 17.2, 3.3, 10.3, 31.3, 7.4. (short study unit info on 13.1. is optional)
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognized and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project is done for Assembly, https://assembly.org/en
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for Assembly.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section during 13.1. - 2.2.2025.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.
Contact sessions: mandatory: 10.2, 17.2, 3.3, 10.3, 31.3, 7.4. (short study unit info on 13.1. is optional)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students, on condition exchange student is able to join in course mandatory contact sessions.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Theory 19.1 -23.2
Project part
MANDATORY class sessions: 9.3, 23.3, 30.3, 31.3, 13.4 ja 20.4.
Please note: You can miss only 1 time to complete the project part!


(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2 and the project specific evaluation criteria.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

07.01.2025 - 06.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Veera Lassila

Groups
  • HLA223SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, taloushallinto ja rahoitus, päivätoteutus, S23, Leppävaara
  • HTA223SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S23, Leppävaara
  • HBA223SN3
    Degree Programme in Business Management (tailor-made), daytime studies, S23, Leppävaara, group 2

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The first part of the study unit (Theory) is completed independently January 7th - February 9th, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the given deadline. Self-direction is required. This part does not include meetings or working in pairs or groups. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit (Project) is implemented on Leppävaara campus February 14th - April 29th. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation, but it is important to take part in the workshops on campus according to schedule. The second part is based on teamwork. You will receive regular feedback for assignments from the teacher, and working life or peer feedback may also be utilised.

Attendance in the workshops is required. No alternative solutions are offered and this implementation cannot be taken remotely. Please check the schedule carefully! If you are not able to attend the scheduled workshops on campus, please choose another implementation.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. One of Laurea's key partners will provide the design challenge and participate in the project via mentoring and feedback.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed by February 9th. Only those who have completed the theory will progress to the project part. In order to start the project, participants must attend the kick-off on October 11th on Leppävaara campus.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marjaana Ajanto
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • HLA223SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, taloushallinto ja rahoitus, päivätoteutus, S23, Leppävaara
  • HTA223SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S23, Leppävaara
  • HBA223SN3
    Degree Programme in Business Management (tailor-made), daytime studies, S23, Leppävaara, group 2

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs in Canvas/online through 12.2.-10.3 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.This part is an online execution which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section session will be held on the campus starting with a kick-off on 19.3. and ending on 21.5.2024. Last campus session includes final presentations and self and peer evaluations.

During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

The project part sessions will be held on the Leppävaara campus and Zoom during the daytime - please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.
Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section will include a Service Design project for an insurance company.

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY PART
Theory part is open between 12.2.-10.3.
Students study at the individual pace but taking quizzes weekly is recommended.

PROJECT PART
Project part starts on 19.3. and end on 21.5.
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

See schedule below in the section "sisältö ja jaksotus"

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 12.2.-10.3.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 19.3.-21.5.
Conducting a service design project for an insurance company. This will be done in project teams.

Project part consist of the following sessions at Leppävaara campus.
Participation to the lessons is highly recommended due to team work. Mandatory participation is informed in Canvas.

19.3. @9-15 Kick-off, teaming & Discover phase, Leppävaara
26.3. @ 13-16 Zoom
9.4. @9-12 Leppävaara
16.4. @9-11 Leppävaara
22.4. @9-15 ideation workshop, Leppävaara
23.4. @9-15 concepting workshop, Leppävaara
6.5. @9-12 Leppävaara
16.5. @13-16 Leppävaara


Project includes online work in teams in the Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover (3 weeks)
*Define (1 week)
*Develop (2 weeks)
*Deliver (2 weeks)
-Final presentations
-Self- and peer evaluation in Canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (3.3.) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

25.11.2024 - 01.12.2024

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

5 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Hyvinkää, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 20

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLB2), Laurea Hyvinkää (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Asko Mononen
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

A multicultural intensive Service Design Sprint Week in January 2025!

International partners on Sprint Week:S University of West Indian UWI and University of Johannesburg UJ.

https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ypDd81Ks8FRCMSpG5Vu9oJg2vNuoWn0l/view

Project content: AI generated development project.
Project will be conducted together with ICT students of University of West Indies UWI https://www.uwi.edu/ and University of Johannesburg UJ https://www.uj.ac.za/ .

Orientation for Laurea Students 10.1.2025 9:00-10:00 MANDATORY Teams.
UWI UJ Laurea Kick Off Teams 16.1.2025 klo 15:00.17:00 Teams.
Service Design SPRINT WEEK Leppävaara Campus in Espoo 20.1.-23.1.2025 klo 9:00-17:00.
Project Closing meeting (with international partners) 6.2.2025 at 15:00-17:00. MANDATORY
Individual work Canvas Course before 31.3.2025 (Laurea students).

Lecturers/Professors:
Marja Isokangas, https://www.linkedin.com/in/marjaisokangas/
Antti Keskitalo, https://www.linkedin.com/in/antti-keskitalo/
Asko Mononen, https://www.linkedin.com/in/askold/

Project’s guidance and working sessions can be viewed in Timetable Engine / Tuudo. Communication practices are agreed on a project-specific basis.

Laurea reserves the right to make changes.

Quality of implementation has been evaluated and self-evaluation report is available Teams.

Location and time

Orientation for Laurea Students 10.1.2025 9:00-10:00 MANDATORY Teams

UWI UJ Laurea Kick Off Teams

Service Design SPRINT WEEK Leppävaara Campus in Espoo 20.1.-23.1.2025 klo 9:00-17:00. MANDATORY
Project Closing meeting (with international partners) 6.2.2025 at 15:00-17:00. MANDATORY
Individual work Canvas Course by 31.3.2025.

Learning materials and recommended literature

To be discussed in Orientation.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to the degree regulations (2024), "Students are entitled to apply for recognition of prior learning regardless of where, when and how the competence has been acquired. ... At Laurea, there are two different procedures for the recognition and accreditation of prior learning: a) accreditation of prior learning (competence acquired in higher education studies at another institution) and b) demonstration of competence (competence acquired in other ways). The recognition and accreditation of prior learning is initiated by the student themselves. The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence. The student is entitled to guidance for the recognition and accreditation of their competence." Further information in the student intranet.

You may also assess work-based learning as a way to acquire the competence needed. Read more in the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Includes a visit to Siili Solutions Oy, a User Centric Design Specialist Agency, Helsinki

Important dates

Based on the degree regulations (2024), the student accepted for the implementation is required to confirm his/her participation by showing activity at the start of the study in the following way:

In order to demonstrate activity, the student must be present at the first contact lesson or notify the teacher in charge of his/her absence to confirm his/her participation in the study. Registration will be rejected if the student does not report his/her absence at the start of the study or the reason for the absence cannot be considered justified. Another student can be taken in his place. The first contact lesson is 10.1.2025.

Students workload

Workload of the study is measured in a way that to acquire the goal competence of the study, one credit corresponds to an average of 26.7 hours of work done by the student. The actual time needed varies e.g. according to prior competence.

Content and scheduling

Orientation for Laurea Students 10.1.2025 at 9:00-10:00 MANDATORY Teams.
UWI UJ Laurea Kick Off Teams 16.1.2025 at 15:00.17:00 Teams.
Service Design SPRINT WEEK Leppävaara Campus in Espoo 20.1.-23.1.2025 at 9:00-17:00.
Project Closing meeting (with international partners) 6.2.2025 at 15:00-17:00. MANDATORY
Individual work Canvas Course before 31.3.2025 (Laurea students).

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.
The prerequisite for participation is always that the possible competence prerequisites according to the curriculum (previous study or similar competence) are fulfilled. The student is responsible for taking into account the prerequisite conditions.
The quality of the study unit implementation has been assessed and the self-evaluation report is available for example in Canvas or Teams.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

"Competence assessment is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the assessment criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies" (Laurea degree regulations 2024).

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

“Students who have failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. If the student does not pass the assessment despite the opportunity to complete their study attainment, they must complete the study unit in question in full as specified by the teacher.” (Degree regulations 2024.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Tournitin is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 26.05.2024

Timing

16.09.2024 - 16.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

40 - 90

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLD2), Laurea Verkkokampus
Teachers
  • Kaisla Saastamoinen
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Antti Keskitalo
  • Annukka Jussila
Teacher in charge

Annukka Jussila

Groups
  • HLD223SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, S23, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The implementation plan is available in Finnish.

Grading scale

H-5

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 18.08.2024

Timing

04.09.2024 - 17.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Management (HBA2), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HBA223SN
    Degree Programme in Business Management, daytime studies, S23, Leppävaara
  • HLA223KN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, taloushallinto ja rahoitus, päivätoteutus, K23, Leppävaara
  • HBA223SN2
    Degree Programme in Business Management (tailor-made), daytime studies, S23, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The first part of the study unit (Theory) is completed independently September 4th - October 9th, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the given deadline. Self-direction is required. This part does not include meetings or working in pairs or groups. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit (Project) is implemented on Leppävaara campus October 10th - December 12th. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation, but it is important to take part in the workshops on campus according to schedule. The second part is based on teamwork. You will receive regular feedback for assignments from the teacher, and working life or peer feedback may also be utilised.

Attendance in the workshops is required. No alternative solutions are offered and this implementation cannot be taken remotely. Please check the schedule carefully! If you are not able to attend the scheduled workshops on campus, please choose another implementation.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. One of Laurea's key partners will provide the design challenge and participate in the project via mentoring and feedback.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed by October 9th Only those who have completed the theory will progress to the project part. In order to start the project, participants must attend the kick-off on October 11th on Leppävaara campus.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 18.08.2024

Timing

26.08.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

9 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

10 % Contact teaching, 90 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HLA223KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, henkilöstöjohtaminen, monimuotototeutus, K23, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section must be completed during the period 26.8.-29.9. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. It is completed independently in Canvas.

The Project section starts with a kick-off on 4.10. and ends on 28.11. with final presentations. The kick-off on campus. The other meetings are in Zoom (see detailed schedule in Pakki and/or Canvas).

Self and peer assessments will be completed after the last meeting.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section consists of a Service Design project for a project partner (Varma Insurance).
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION (26.8. - 29.9.):
needs to be completed before taking the the Project section.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame. In order to pass the theory section, a minimum total point score has to be achieved before the project section starts (see details in Canvas). Only students who have passed the theory part will be admitted to the project part.

PROJECT SECTION (4.10. - 28.11.):
will be conducted online according to a pre-defined schedule (see details in Canvas). The project part requires active teamwork, including co-creation. Participation to the project kick off (4.10.) is essential.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Forms of internationality

The study unit is implemented in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
This part is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
This part is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work is done in teams.

Content and scheduling

Both the theory and project parts follow the Double Diamond service design process model: Discover, Define, Develop, Deliver. Each phase will be introduced and teams will apply them to practice during the project.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes in Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes


All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 26.05.2024

Timing

26.08.2024 - 05.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Management (HBA2), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Veera Lassila
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Veera Lassila

Groups
  • HBA223SN
    Degree Programme in Business Management, daytime studies, S23, Leppävaara
  • HLA223KN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, taloushallinto ja rahoitus, päivätoteutus, K23, Leppävaara
  • HBA223SN2
    Degree Programme in Business Management (tailor-made), daytime studies, S23, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The first part of the study unit (Theory) is completed independently August 26th - September 29th, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the given deadline. Self-direction is required. This part does not include meetings or working in pairs or groups. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit (Project) is implemented on campus October 3rd - November 28th. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation, but it is important to take part in the workshops on campus according to schedule. The second part is based on teamwork. You will receive regular feedback for assignments from the teacher, and working life or peer feedback may also be utilised.

Attendance in the workshops is required. No alternative solutions are offered and this implementation cannot be taken remotely. Please check the schedule carefully! If you are not able to attend the scheduled workshops on campus, please choose another implementation.

Location and time

Please see the scheduled meetings in Tuudo or Calendar in Pakki. Please note that overlapping study units are not possible. In case you have overlapping study units, choose another implementation of this study unit.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. One of Laurea's key partners will provide the design challenge and participate in the project via mentoring and feedback.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed by September 29th. Only those who have completed the theory will progress to the project part. In order to start the project, participants must attend the kick-off on September 26th on Leppävaara campus.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 26.05.2024

Timing

26.08.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HLG223SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, digitaalinen markkinointi, monimuotototeutus, S23, Otaniemi

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory part (online) runs through 26.8.-29.9. and needs to be completed before taking the Project. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.Theory part starts with a one-hour info session on Zoom on 26.8.2024.

The Project starts with a kick-off on 7.10.2024. Project part runs through 7.10.-2.12.2024. Contact sessions are held on zoom. During the project teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the Zoom-meetings teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the contact sessions in Zoom is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement, following the service design process.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for CSC Tietotekniikan Keskus Oy.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
26.8.2024 Theory part and study unit briefing & Q&A on Zoom.
26.8.-29.9.2024 Theory part with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
7.10.-2.12.2024 Project work requires active team work and co-creation during the project period.
Project contact sessions with coaches will be held on zoom according to the pre-defined schedule.

2-6.10.2024 Teaming

7.10.2024 Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase. Client introduces Design Challenge.
Project contact sessions on Zoom: see dates in Pakki. *Note! participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

2.12.2024 Final presentations to the Client
In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 20.06.2024

Timing

23.08.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

5 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Lohja

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HLF223SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, henkilöstöjohtaminen, monimuotototeutus, S23, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

MAIN THEMES AND CONTENTS OF THE COURSE

• Principles of service design process and tools in theory and practice
• Developing the service design concept based on a real business assignment by external partner organization
• Use of AI in a Service Design Process

STRUCTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE COURSE (PART 1 AND PART 2)

Please note! The instructors of the course will send you a welcome letter (eMail) and more detailed instructions regarding studying before the course starts.

The language of the Canvas course and of the produced materials is English. HOWEVER, Spoken language is Finnish if all students are Finnish speakers.

ORIENTATION SESSION IN ZOOM IS OBLIGATORY 23.8.2024 9:00-10:00.

PART 1. SERVICE DESIGN THEORY -COURSE IN CANVAS (3 ECTS) – INDIVIDUAL STUDY between (12.8. Canvas course open) 25.8.-26.9.2024.
-> IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 27TH SEPTEMBER 2024 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!

PART 2 SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT (7 ECTS) - IN LEARNING TEAMS between 27.9. - 8.12.2024.
-> Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, five project guidance sessions, project presentation day and returning the final portfolio and learning document.
The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions according to the schedules agreed by the learning teams themselves.
We will utilize the Miro online-platform during the whole Part 2 Design project work.

Learning teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors. Learning teams will be established at the beginning of Part 2.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing: applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Important dates

12.8.2024 SERVICE DESIGN INDIVIDUAL STUDY COURSE OPENS: PART 1 Service Design Canvas and Theory Course (3 ECTS) open for individual studying (Location: Canvas)

23.8.2024: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3116 Service Design at 9.00-10.00 (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

26.9.2024: Deadline for successful completion of Part 1 Theory Course (3ECTS)

27.9.2024: PART 2 Project Kick-off: Teaming & Project Brief & Intro to case in at 9.00-15.00 (Location: Lohja Campus) (OBLIGATORY)

10.10.-8.12.2023: PART 2 Project work during scheduled guidance sessions 10.10., 25.10, 31.10, 8.11., 14.11, and 22.11. NOTE! After 22.11. last guidance session, project teams will continue teamwork by finishing Service Design Portfolio and Learning Report by 8.12. (Location: Canvas) (OBLIGATORY)

8.12.2023: Deadline for Portfolio and Learning Report Return and Self & Peer assessment. The end of the course. (Location: Canvas)

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization. You will use tools and methods such as: desk research, contextual interviews, persona, customer journey, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (23.8.2024 at 9:00-10:00 Zoom: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3116 Service Design) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” The first contact session is OBLIGATORY to all students.

NOTE: Participation in all contact sessions is mandatory. If you cannot join, send a message to the facilitators at least 1 day in advance. It is also very important, that you agree on your possible absence with your project team in advance and your plan how you will compensate for your absence to your project team. Each team must have minimum 2-3 participants in each session.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Obligatory Self- and peer assessment (using the Buddycheck tool) are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

21.08.2024 - 12.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HTA223KA
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K23, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 21.8 - 26.9 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 26.9

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts in October and a joint kick-off is held online on 3.10. This part ends at the end of November with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 21.8 - 26.9 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 3.10.-28.11. is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 3.10. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions on Thursdays according to the schedule (see Pakki)
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.



(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 11.08.2024

Timing

20.08.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Hyvinkää, liko

Campus

Laurea Hyvinkää

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLB2), Laurea Hyvinkää (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Aapo Hollanti
  • Marja Isokangas
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HLB223SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, oikeudellinen osaaminen, monimuotototeutus, S23, Hyvinkää

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

MAIN THEMES AND CONTENTS OF THE COURSE
• Principles of service design process and tools in theory and practice
• Developing the service design concept based on a real business assignment by external partner organization
PROJEKTI
-> Opintojakso sisältää suomenkielisen OIKEUDELLISEN palvelumuotoilun projektitoimeksiannon.
-> Opintojaksolla on mahdollisuus oppia soveltamaan tekoälyä Palvelumuotoiluun.
-> Loppuraportiksi koostetaan Palvelumuotoiluportfolio.

Structure
- Part 1 Canvas Course, individual
- Part 2 Project work in Learning teams

Language
- Canvascourse is running in English
- Kaikki opintojaksolla tuotettavat materiaalit tuotetaan suomenkielellä
- Opintojaksolla puhutaan suomea
- Asiakasbrief on suomenkielinen ja toimeksiantaja on suomalainen tunnettu kiertotalouden toimija.

ORIENTATION SESSION IN ZOOM OBLIGATORY 20.8.2024 9:00-10:00. PAKOLLINEN

PART 1. SERVICE DESIGN THEORY -COURSE IN CANVAS (3 ECTS) – INDIVIDUAL STUDY between (19.8. Canvas course open) 25.8.-29.9.2024.
-> IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 29TH SEPTEMBER 2024 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!


PART 2 SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT (7 ECTS) - OPPIMISTIIMEISSÄ IN LEARNING TEAMS between 1.10. - 13.12.2024.
- Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, five project guidance sessions, project presentation day and returning the final portfolio and learning document.
- The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions according to the schedules agreed by the learning teams themselves.
- We will utilize the Miro online-platform during the whole Part 2 Design project work.
- Learning teams will be established at the beginning of Part 2.

Student teams (3-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing: applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (3-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.
Project Client is Kierrätyskeskus. Project end result is summary and instructions on how to use voluntary workforce.

Important dates

19.8.2024 SERVICE DESIGN INDIVIDUAL STUDY COURSE OPENS: PART 1 Service Design Canvas and Theory Course (3 ECTS) open for individual studying (Location: Canvas)

20.8.2024: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3116 Service Design at 9.00-10.00 (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

25.9.2024: Deadline for successful completion of Part 1 Theory Course (3ECTS) (OBLIGATORY)

1.10.2024: PART 2 Project Kick-off: Teaming & Project Brief & Intro to case in at 9.00-15.00 (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

8.10.-12.11.2023: PART 2 Project work during scheduled guidance sessions Projektityö suomenkielellä ohjatusti oppimistiimeissä, ohjaukset 8.10,15.10., 22.10, 29.10, 5.11. and 12.11. klo 9.00-15.00. (OBLIGATORY)

NOTE! After 12.11. the last guidance session, project teams will continue teamwork by finishing Service Design Portfolio and Learning Report by 13.12. (Location: Canvas)

13.12.2023: Deadline for Portfolio and Learning Report Return and Self & Peer assessment. The end of the course. (Location: Canvas) (OBLIGATORY)

Forms of internationality

The study unit is targeted to Bachelor of Business Administration, Legal Expertise. Project work is run in Finnish.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn how to use AI in a Service Design process.

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization.

You will use tools and methods such as: desk research, contextual interviews, persona, customer journey, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

-> You will learn how to adapt Service Design to a customer oriented legal development project.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (23.8.2024 at 9:00-10:00 Zoom: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3116 Service Design) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” The first contact session is OBLIGATORY to all students.

IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 5TH FEBRUARY 2023 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!

NOTE: Participation in all contact sessions is mandatory. If you cannot join, send a message to the facilitators at least 1 day in advance. It is also very important, that you agree on your possible absence with your project team in advance and your plan how you will compensate for your absence to your project team. Each team must have minimum 2-3 participants in each session.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignment Canvas Course: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Obligatory Self- and peer assessment (using the Buddycheck tool) are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 10.06.2024

Timing

20.08.2024 - 26.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDV2), Laurea Tikkurila (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NDV223KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, monimuotototeutus, K23, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.


The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The Project section 2 starts after the theory is finished.

Location and time

The Theory section is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space .

The Project section is online based which includes a service design project as team work. The project is based on a real-life design challenge.
The participation is mandatory.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (5 persons per team) will develop a project work for companies.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace by certain deadline and need to be passed.
27.08.2024 17.00 - 18.30 Course start info, theory phase starts
Theory must be finished and passed by 23.9.2024

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule:

01.10.2024 17.00 - 19.00 Project kick off, Discovery phase starts
22.10.2024 17.00 - 19.00 Project - Define phase starts
05.11.2024 17.00 - 19.00 Project - Develop phase starts
19.11.2024 17.00 - 19.00 Project - Deliver phase starts
26.11.2024 17.00 - 19.00 Project presentations

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ect
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ect
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 26.05.2024

Timing

19.08.2024 - 01.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus (NKA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Anna Nolvi
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • NKA223KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus, monimuotototeutus, K23, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 21.8 - 26.9 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 26.9

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts in October and a joint kick-off is held online on 3.10. This part ends at the end of November with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 2.9.-25.9. is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 30.9.-1.12. is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 30.9. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions on Mondays according to the schedule (see Pakki)
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed successfully before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.



(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 20.10.2024

Timing

15.08.2024 - 30.06.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

5 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Päivi Harmoinen
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HLYDIN
    Liiketalouden koulutus
  • HTYDIN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus
  • NDYDIN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is a work-based learning study unit (TOPI).

The student will contact coaches to start with this study unit and make a learning plan (see instructions in student intranet). The learning plan should include description of the service development/new service innovation project using service design process and the methods. The coaches will approve the learning plan and agree schedule with the student.

The first part of the study unit (Theory) is completed independently, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the agreed deadline. Self-direction is required. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit (Project) is implemented at student's workplace as work-based learning (TOPI) project. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation as well as the coaches.

Location and time

Students can start this study unit in their own schedule which has agreed with the coaches.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. The student will provide the design challenge of the its workplace.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed before of the project part.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

20.05.2024 - 04.06.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDA2), Laurea Leppävaara (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • NDA223KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, monimuotototeutus, K23, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory part (online) runs through 27.8.-30.9. and needs to be completed before taking the Project. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.Theory part starts with a one-hour info session on Zoom on 27.8. at 16-17 .

The Project starts with a kick-off on 8.10.2024. Project part runs through 8.10.-3.12.2024. Contact sessions are held on zoom. During the project teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the Zoom-meetings teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the contact sessions in Zoom is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement, following the service design process.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for a company.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
27.8.2024 Theory part and study unit briefing & Q&A on Zoom.
27.8.-30.9.2024 Theory part with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
8.10.-3.12.2024 Project work requires active team work and co-creation during the project period.
Project contact sessions with coaches will be held on zoom according to the pre-defined schedule.

3-7.10.2024 Teaming

8.10.2024 Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase. Client introduces Design Challenge.
Project contact sessions on Zoom: see dates in Pakki. *Note! participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

3.12.2024 Final presentations to the Client
In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

01.04.2024 - 07.04.2024

Timing

01.05.2024 - 28.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Kaisa Airo
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • NSA222SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services, virtual studies, S22, Leppävaara
  • HTA222SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S22, Leppävaara
  • HLA222SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S22, Leppävaara
  • NKA222SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus, monimuotototeutus, S22, Leppävaara
  • NCA222SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Cyber Security, blended learning, S22, Leppävaara
  • HLG223KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, digitaalinen markkinointi, monimuotototeutus, K23, Otaniemi
  • HRA222SA
    Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management, blended learning, S22, Leppävaara
  • HLD223KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, K23, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1.5.-28.5.2024. Zoom Kick-Start of the theory part - coaches available for Q & A 2.5.2024 at 16:00 hrs-17.00 hrs. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 3.6.-20.6.2024. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER VINCIT LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Monday 3.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Vincit Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Tuesday 4.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas.
Wednesday 5.6. – Friday 7.6.5.2024 Vincit interviews: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews. Please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit probleme interviews and analysis)

Sprint:
Mon 10.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 11.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 12.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Vincit mid-week coaching
Thu 13.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 14.6.2024 Sprint Day 5: Test (please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit test interviews and analysis)

After Sprint:
Monday 17.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals
Tuesday 18.6.2024 Pitching to Vincit Ltd.
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return 20.6.2024.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J. & Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint (Links to an external site.): How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five days. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report, which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with your teacher tutor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for Vincit Ltd.
Student teams will develop a service concept for Vincit Ltd.

Important dates

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1.5.-28.5.2024. Zoom Kick-Start of the theory part - coaches available for Q & A 2.5.2024 at 16:00 hrs-17.00 hrs. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive teamwork) runs through 3.6.-20.6.2024. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER VINCIT LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Monday 3.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Vincit Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Tuesday 4.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas.
Wednesday 5.6. – Friday 7.6.2024 Vincit interviews: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews. Please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit probleme interviews and analysis)


Sprint:
Mon 10.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 11.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 12.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Vincit mid-week coaching
Thu 13.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 14.6.2024 Sprint Day 5: Test (please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit test interviews and analysis)

After Sprint:
Monday 17.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals
Tuesday 18.6.2024 Pitching to Vincit Ltd.
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return 20.6.2024.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects, which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
Please note! If you register to this study unit, you have to be able to be present during all the sessions listed in the Important dates section, as well as prepare yourself for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions. You commit yourself to finish a project for the project provider Vincit Ltd.

Content and scheduling

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1.5.-28.5.2024. Zoom Kick-Start of the theory part - coaches available for Q & A 2.5.2024 at 16:00 hrs-17.00 hrs. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive teamwork) runs through 3.6.-20.6.2024. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER VINCIT LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Monday 3.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Vincit Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Tuesday 4.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas.
Wednesday 5.6. – Friday 7.6.2024 Vincit interviews: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews. Please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit probleme interviews and analysis)


Sprint:
Mon 10.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 11.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 12.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Vincit mid-week coaching
Thu 13.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 14.6.2024 Sprint Day 5: Test (please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit test interviews and analysis)

After Sprint:
Monday 17.6.2024 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals
Tuesday 18.6.2024 Pitching to Vincit Ltd.
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return 20.6.2024.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 20.12.2023

Timing

12.02.2024 - 19.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLD2), Laurea Verkkokampus
Teachers
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Kaisa Airo
  • Antti Keskitalo
  • Annukka Jussila
Teacher in charge

Annukka Jussila

Groups
  • HLD223KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, K23, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The study unit is conducted online and does not require attendance on campus. The study unit consists of two parts: Theory part and Project part.

The Theory part runs through 13.2.2024 – 24.3.2024.
The Theory part (3ECTS) is completed independently following a schedule by a given deadline. Self-direction is required. You will study the theory in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests.

Please Note! Completing the Theory part and all the tests in it is a prerequisite for attending the second part, The Project part.

The Project part runs through 26.3.2024 – 15.5.2024
The Project part (7ECTS) is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Design Sprint is divided in Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint sections. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. This includes scheduled guidance online: other than Q&A sessions are recorded and can be viewed on Canvas afterwards. The Design Sprint Project is done in teams and requires active participation and commitment to interactive studying. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions!

You will receive feedback for the project from the teacher during the project. Working life and peer feedback is utilized when presenting your teamwork results. For the project we will use Canvas learning environment, digital co-creation tool MIRO for collaborative online group work and Zoom for guidance sessions. In Miro you will have a set of templates that guide you through the project tasks.

Course sessions, (please note the mandatory sessions):
Theory part begins
13.2. at 16.30-19.30hrs Zoom: Service Design study unit Kick-off / Welcome to Service design study unit MANDATORY (by attending the first session you will confirm your participation on this study unit!)

Project part begins
Pre-Sprint
26.3. at 16.30-19.30hrs Zoom: Pre-Sprint Kick-Off, Project partner present, Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, personas and customer journeys, interview planning, MANDATORY (the project teams are confirmed at this session)

Sprint, guidance Q&A sessions
10.4. at 16.30-19.30hrs Zoom Design Sprint days info, Q&A, project partner present
11.4. at 16.30-17.30hrs Zoom Q&A session
17.4. at 16.30-17.30hrs Zoom Q&A session
18.4. at 16.30-17.30hrs Zoom Q&A session
24.4. at 16.30-17.30hrs Zoom Q&A session
25.4. at 16.30-17.30hrs Zoom Q&A session

After Sprint
6.5. at 16.30-19.30 Pitching Presentations
7.5. at 16.30-19.30 Pitching Presentations

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871?sid=2956837188

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J. & Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint: How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five days. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/3amk.87746?sid=2956838418

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

More info online https://laureauas.sharepoint.com/sites/studentFin_opintojensuunnittelu/SitePages/Osaamisen-tunnistaminen-ja-tunnustaminen.aspx

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

In Project part will include a Service Design Project for a partner organization. Partner organization will be present at Project Kick-off, Sprint info and for Pitch Presentations.

Student in teams of 6 persons will develop a service concept following the design sprint process.

Important dates

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY PART
The theory part is 3 ECTS which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT PART
The project part is 7 ECTS which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY PART 13.2.2024 – 24.3.2024.
The theory covers service design process (Double Diamond), service design principles, tools and methods. Theory part includes five tests which are done individually. All test can be taken at student's own pace and the tests need to be passed before the project part begins.

PROJECT PART 26.3.2024 – 15.5.2024
Students in teams will conduct a service design project using a Design Sprint process for partner organization. In project you will use the tools and methods presented in theory section: e.g. desk research, interview planning and interviews, personas and customer journeys, ideation, prototyping and validating your ideas. We will use Canvas and digital co-creation tool Miro for team collaboration and Zoom for guidance sessions.

Project includes:
Pre -Sprint 26.3.-9.4. (desk and field research)
Sprint 10.4.-25.4. (Design Sprint process)
After Sprint 26.4.- 15.5. (Pitch Presentations and finalizing service concept)

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

The quality of the study unit implementation has been assessed and the self-evaluation report is available in Canvas.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

THEORY PART: 3ECTS
Fully automated including individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5.

PROJECT PART: 7ECTS
Interactive online part, team assignments: Pitch presentation and Design Sprint Portfolio. Scale 1-5.
The Design Sprint process and the outcomes of the project (Pitch presentation and Design Sprint Portfolio) are evaluated by the lecturers. For the Pitch presentations teams will receive feedback from partner organization, peers and lecturers.
BuddyCheck will be used for teamwork feedback at the end of the course.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

“Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 28.01.2024

Timing

12.02.2024 - 21.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Johanna Lunkka
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Johanna Lunkka

Groups
  • HLA222SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S22, Leppävaara
  • HTA222SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs in Canvas/online through 12.2.-10.3 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.This part is an online execution which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section session will be held on the campus starting with a kick-off on 19.3. and ending on 21.5.2024. Last campus session includes final presentations and self and peer evaluations.

During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

The project part sessions will be held on the Leppävaara campus and Zoom during the daytime - please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.
Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section will include a Service Design project for an insurance company.

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY PART
Theory part is open between 12.2.-10.3.
Students study at the individual pace but taking quizzes weekly is recommended.

PROJECT PART
Project part starts on 19.3. and end on 21.5.
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

See schedule below in the section "sisältö ja jaksotus"

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 12.2.-10.3.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 19.3.-21.5.
Conducting a service design project for an insurance company. This will be done in project teams.

Project part consist of the following sessions at Leppävaara campus.
Participation to the lessons is highly recommended due to team work. Mandatory participation is informed in Canvas.

19.3. @9-15 Kick-off, teaming & Discover phase, Leppävaara
26.3. @ 13-16 Zoom
9.4. @9-12 Leppävaara
16.4. @9-11 Leppävaara
22.4. @9-15 ideation workshop, Leppävaara
23.4. @9-15 concepting workshop, Leppävaara
6.5. @9-12 Leppävaara
16.5. @13-16 Leppävaara


Project includes online work in teams in the Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover (3 weeks)
*Define (1 week)
*Develop (2 weeks)
*Deliver (2 weeks)
-Final presentations
-Self- and peer evaluation in Canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (3.3.) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 03.12.2023

Timing

29.01.2024 - 08.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Veera Lassila

Groups
  • HTA222SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S22, Leppävaara
  • HLA222SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The first part of the study unit (Theory) is completed independently, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the given deadline. Self-direction is required. This part does not include meetings or working in pairs or groups. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit (Project) is implemented on campus. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation, but it is important to take part in the workshops on campus according to schedule. The second part is based on teamwork. You will receive regular feedback for assignments from the teacher, and working life or peer feedback may also be utilised.

Attendance in the workshops is required. No alternative solutions are offered and this implementation cannot be taken remotely. Please check the schedule carefully! If you are not able to attend the scheduled workshops on campus, please choose another implementation.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. One of Laurea's key partners will provide the design challenge and participate in the project via mentoring and feedback.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed by 5 March. Only those who have completed the theory will progress to the project part. In order to start the project, participants must attend the kick-off on 11 March on campus.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 03.12.2023

Timing

16.01.2024 - 20.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 63

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDV2), Laurea Tikkurila (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
  • Terhi Kärpänen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NDV222SN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, päivätoteutus, S22, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.


The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section. It is possible to retry passing the theory during two days (26. andn 27.2.) after the theory has finished.
The Project section 2 starts in March with a joint kick-off and ends with final pitch presentations. The project work is done in Tikkurila campus in teamwork. The project is organised as an intensive development week (4.-8.3.), where you work with your team every day during the week onsite in Tikkurila campus. During the week you solve a business partner development challenge using service design tools and methods.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service design portfolio for business partners.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 16.1. - 25.2.2024
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section. Retrying possiblities 26. and 27.2.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace by certain deadline and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 4.-8.3.2024
Service Design project will be conducted during intensive development week in Tikkurila campus.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

If you are unable to take part in campus based studies, this R0216-3146 course is not for you. The same study unit is ran as online studies in other campuses, so in this case, please look for those.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 30.12.2023

Timing

16.01.2024 - 29.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Eeva Miettinen
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HLG223KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, digitaalinen markkinointi, monimuotototeutus, K23, Otaniemi

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 16.1. - 20.2 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 20.2

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts in October and a joint kick-off is held online on 28.2. This part ends at the end of April with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 16.1 - 20.2 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 28.2.-30.4.2024 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 28.2. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions according to the schedule (see Pakki)
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.



(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 12.12.2023

Timing

15.01.2024 - 19.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Antti Keskitalo

Groups
  • HLF223KAM
    Liiketalouden koulutus, henkilöstöjohtaminen, monimuotototeutus, K23, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The study unit is conducted online and does not require attendance on campus. The study unit consists of two parts: Theory part and Service Design Project part. The study unit requires active participation and commitment to studying.

THE COURSE UNIT AND THE THEORY PART (3 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 15.1.2024 – 11.2.2024.

The theory part is completed independently following a schedule by a given deadline. Self-direction is required. You will study the theory in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests.

Please Note! Completing the Theory part and all the tests in it is a prerequisite for attending the second part, The Service Design Project part.

THE SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT PART (7 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 13.2.2024 – 21.4.2024.

The Service Design Project part can be completed through work-based learning project or demonstration of competence. The work-based learning project is completed in cooperation with students own workplace organisation. The work-based learning project can also be done in pairs or groups.

The Service Design Project part has scheduled guidance sessions remotely on Zoom. The implementation of the work-based learning project is supported by the Canvas learning environment.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The work-based learning project is completed in students own workplace organisation. The work-based learning project can also be done in pairs or groups.

Important dates

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Course structure and sessions, (please note the mandatory sessions):

THE COURSE UNIT AND THE THEORY PART (3 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 15.1.2024 – 11.2.2024.

15.1. at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom: Service Design study unit Kick-off / Welcome to Service design study unit and instructions for the study unit (both work-based learning and demonstration of competence) MANDATORY (by attending the first session you will confirm your participation on this study unit!)

15.1. Canvas opens and independent theory studying starts. The topic selection for work-based learning project starts. Forming possible study pairs or groups or work-based learning project starts.

THE SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT PART (7 ECTS) BEGINS AND RUNS THROUGH 13.2.2024 – 21.4.2024.
Please Note! The successful completion of the THEORY PART is a prerequisite for getting access to THE SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT PART

13.2. at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom: The Service Design Project part Kick-Off and instructions MANDATORY

20.2. at 23.59 latest Canvas: deadline for returning work-based learning plan

Guidance Sessions
27.2. at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom
12.3 at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom
26.3. at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom
9.4. at 14.00-15.30 hrs Zoom

21.4. at 23.59 latest Canvas: deadline for returning the work-based learning project documentation

Project Assessment Discussions
6.5. at 12.00-16.00
13.5. at 12.00-16.00
16.5. at 12.00-16.00
Please note! The discussion slot will be booked separately during the project part with the help of booking system for these days

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 26.7 hours of work performed by the student. The number of credits of the study unit is 10 credits

Content and scheduling

Having completed the study unit, the student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Further information for students

The study unit is arranged only for the group HLF223KAM

The language used in the guidance session can be either Finnish or English.

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

“Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 03.12.2023

Timing

08.01.2024 - 21.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Teachers
  • Veera Lassila
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • NKA222SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus, monimuotototeutus, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs in Canvas and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section starts with a kick-off and please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact lessons are held on zoom. During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge.

Taking part in the kick-off is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section will include a Service Design project for the Client.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 8 Jan 2024 - 6 Feb 2024

Theory part runs in Canvas with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project section.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 13 Feb - 21 Apr 2024
Project will be conducted on zoom according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation between the dates as well.

Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 13 Feb at 16 at Zoom.

Contact sessions on Zoom:
13.02.2024 16.00 - 18.30
27.02.2024 16.00 - 18.30
12.03.2024 16.00 - 18.15
02.04.2024 17.00 - 19.30
16.04.2024 17.00 - 19.30

Return dates of service design portfolios are in Canvas.

In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 03.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

5 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • HTA222SAM
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

Theory part starts with an one-hour info session on Zoom on 17th January 2024 at 16.30-17.30 hrs .The Theory section (online) runs through (22nd January - 25th February 2024) and needs to be completed before taking the Project. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project starts with a kick-off on 13th March and ends on 12th May 2024. Please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact sessions are held on Zoom. During the project teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas and do e.g. problem & test interviews face-to-face and by using Teams and other required tools.

Taking part in the contact sessions on Zoom is crucial as students work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on Zoom and do the needed interviews required by the project client, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section will include a Service Design project for Laurea Key Partnership team.

Project goal:
To find out what do the Business Management, ITC, Security students expect from company cooperation / key partnerships in their studies?
Overall: fresh service ideas how to improve the key partnership concept to match the needs of students, companies and Laurea

Student teams (4-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Laurea’s Key Partnership Director Ilkka Kurkela will be present on Zoom 13.3.2024 at 16.15-17.00 in the project kick-off. The first round of problem interviews will be conducted 22.3.-29.3.2024. Teams save Idea cards in Padlet Wall 18.4.2024 by 16:00 hrs. Laurea’s Key Partnership Director Ilkka Kurkela will choose one service idea of each team in Padlet and comment the ideas there by 19.4. 16:00 hrs. The test interviews will be conducted 22.4.-26.4.2024. Laurea’s Key Partnership Director Ilkka Kurkela will give feedback on Zoom to each teams orally 8.5.2024 at 16-17.30 when students pitch their service concept ideas.
PLEASE NOTE: You have to be able to conduct two rounds of interviews at Campus face-to-face and by utilizing Teams at the given dates as well as participate in pitch presentation. This is in additition to the given Zoom sessions which are all compulsory!!!

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
Theory part starts with an one-hour info session on Zoom on 17th January 2024 at 16:30 hrs -17:30 hrs.
22nd January - 25th February 2024 Theory part with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
(13th March - 12th May 2024) will be conducted on Zoom. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Teaming during 28.2.-10.3.2024.

Contact sessions on Zoom:
Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 13.3.2024 at 16-19 hrs
Introduction to Define-phase on 10.4.2024 at 16-19
Introduction to Develop-phase incl. Ideation workshop on 17.4. at 16.30-19.30
Introduction to Deliver-phase on 2.5. at 16-19
Pitching (final presentations) on 8.5. at 16-19
*Note! participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

Return dates of service design portfolios & other tasks in Canvas:
Interview plans return by 20.3.2024 at 23:59 hrs
Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 9.4.2024 at 16:00 hrs
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 16.4. at 16:00 hrs
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 1.5. at 16:00 hrs
Idea Cards return by 19.4. at 16:00 hrs
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 7.5. at 16:00 hrs
Final pitch presentations on 7.5. at 16:00 hrs
Self and peer evaluation and final portfolio return by 12.5.2024 at 16:00 hrs

In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 03.12.2023

Timing

19.12.2023 - 11.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • NSA222SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services, virtual studies, S22, Leppävaara
  • NCA222SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Cyber Security, blended learning, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs through (1st January - 15th April) and needs to be completed before taking the Project. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.Theory part starts with a one-hour info session on Zoom on 19th December 2023 (date to be confirmed).

The Project starts with a kick-off on 8th February and ends on 11th April. Please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact sessions are held on zoom. During the project teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the contact sessions in Zoom is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement, following the service design process.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for CSC Tietotekniikan Keskus Oy.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
19.12.2023 Theory part briefing & Q&A on Zoom. Date and timing to be confirmed.
19 Dec 2023 - 30 Jan 2024 Theory part with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
(8 Feb - 11 Apr) will be conducted on zoom according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Teaming during 2-7.2.2024


Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 8th February at 16-19 on Zoom.

Contact sessions on Zoom:
Coaching session for teams 15.2.2024 at 16-19
Introduction to Define-phase on 29.2. at 16-19
Introduction to Develop-phase incl. Ideation workshop on 7.3. at 16-19
Introduction to Deliver-phase on 27.3. at 16-19
Pitching (final presentations) on 11.4. at 16-19
*Note! participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

Return dates of service design portfolios in Canvas:

Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 28.2.
Interview plans return by 15.2.
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 6.3.
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 26.3.
Idea Cards return by 9.3.
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 10.4.
Final pitch presentations on 11.4.
Self and peer evaluation and final portfolio return by 15.4.2024


In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

27.11.2023 - 03.12.2023

Timing

18.12.2023 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

9 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

10 % Contact teaching, 90 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management (HRA), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • NSA222SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services, virtual studies, S22, Leppävaara
  • NKA222SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus, monimuotototeutus, S22, Leppävaara
  • NCA222SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Cyber Security, blended learning, S22, Leppävaara
  • HLG223KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, digitaalinen markkinointi, monimuotototeutus, K23, Otaniemi
  • HRA222SA
    Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management, blended learning, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs through (18 Dec - 29 Jan) and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section starts with a kick-off on 5 Feb and ends on 15 Apr please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact lessons are mainly held on zoom, except one session on 22nd March will be on campus.. During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the contact sessions on Zoom is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for City of Kerava & Uuden Rakentamisen Festivaali-event (URF) - New Building Festival
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
18 Dec Study unit briefing & Q&A on Zoom at 16-17
18 Dec - 29 Jan Theory part with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project section.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
(5 Feb - 15 Apr) will be conducted on zoom according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Teaming during 1 - 2 Feb 2024


Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 5 Feb at zoom.
05.02.2024 16.00 - 19.00 Zoom: Project kick off, Discover phase starts
12.02.2024 16.00 - 19.00 Zoom: Team coaching
23.02.2024 16.00 - 19.00 Zoom: Define phase starts
04.03.2024 16.00 - 19.00 Zoom: Develop phase starts, ideation workshop
22.03.2024 09.00 - 12.00 at the campus room 234: Deliver phase starts
08.04.2024 16.00 - 19.00 Zoom: Final presentations
*Note! participation of all team members is required in all lessons.

Return dates of service design portfolios in Canvas:

In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 12.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Otaniemi, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLG2), Laurea Otaniemi, Finnish
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HLG222SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S22, Otaniemi

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 4.9.-1.10.2023 and needs to be completed before taking the Project. Theory part retake is possible on 2-3.10.

The Project section 2 (online) starts by teaming between 4.-8.10. and continues with a joint kick-off on 9.10. Project final seminar is on 7.12.. with final pitch presentations. Self & peer evaluation and final portfolio need to be completed by 12.12.2023

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company Retta.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for the work-life partner Retta.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
4.8.-1.10.2023 needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. Tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given timeline. The minimum total points need to be scored to pass the course.

Student can re-take tests during 2-3.10.2023, if the minimum total points were not achieved by 1.10.2023.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Teaming during 4-8.10.2023

ZOOM-sessions: Note: participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 9.10.2023 at 13-16 on Zoom.
Introduction to Define-phase on 30.10. at 16-19 on Zoom
Introduction to Develop-phase incl. Ideation workshop on 7.11. at 16-19 on Zoom
Introduction to Deliver-phase on 28.11. at 16-19 on Zoom
Pitching (final presentations) on 7.12. at 16-19 on Zoom

Return dates of service design portfolios:

Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 29.10.
Interview plans return by 13.10.
Coaching team-meetings on 16.10.
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 6.11.
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 27.11.
Idea Cards return by 7.11.
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 4.12.
Final pitch presentations on 7.12..
Self and peer evaluation and finalization of the portfolio by 12.12.2023

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 5
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given timeline. Minimum total points need to be scored to pass the theory part.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the following phases:
- Service Design project kick-off 9.10.2023
-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover 9-29.10. (3 weeks)
*Define 30.10.-6.11. (1 week)
*Develop 7.-27.11. (3 weeks)
*Deliver 28.11.-4.12. (1 week)
-Final presentations 7.12..2023

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Five spots reserved for open UAS students.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION:7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROJECT EVALUATION CRITERIA

Professional and problem solving skills:
The team/student bases actions on information provided.

Service Design Process and Tool Skills:
The team/student recognizes some Service Design tools and knows they have a role in service concept development. Knows what customer insight and empathy mean in the service design context.


Entrepreneurial and Teamwork Skills:
The student participates in the teamwork.

Quality of the Final Portfolio:
All the steps of the process are documented in the portfolio. Some visualizations are used.

Client Feedback:
The concept is related to the needs of customers/users.
The concept is related to the client’s brief.
Required presentations to the client are delivered.

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROJECT EVALUATION CRITERIA

Professional and problem solving skills:
The team/student validates and analyzes information, and bases actions on theoretical knowledge.

Service Design Process and Tool Skills:
The team / student Is able to apply the Service Design process in service concept development and to include customer insight and empathy in a service design process.

Entrepreneurial and Teamwork Skills:
The student takes responsibility for the team’s progress and is instrumental in reaching the team’s goals. Participates in making the team learn and improve.

Quality of the Final Portfolio:
The process can be followed easily from the portfolio. Visualisations are used and they are easy to understand. Feedback has been used to improve the portfolio during the process.

Client Feedback:
The concept takes into account the needs of customers/users. The concept provides value to the client. The concept is potentially feasible. All presentations to the client are prepared and delivered.

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROJECT EVALUATION CRITERIA

Professional and problem solving skills:
The team/student searches information proactively and uses critical thinking in evaluating information, combines theoretical with experimental knowledge, and bases conclusions on analysis.

Service Design Process and Tool Skills:
The team/student is able to apply the Service Design process in service concept development in a flexible way. Makes decisions and choices based on customer insight and empathy, and is able to obtain added value from service design tools and methods in service concept development


Entrepreneurial and Teamwork Skills:
The student takes responsibility for the team’s progress and anticipates what needs to be accomplished in order for the team’s goals to be reached. Actively contributes in making the team learn and improve.


Quality of the Final Portfolio:
The portfolio makes the process easy to understand and to follow, and provides justification for all decisions.Visualisations bring added value to the portfolio.
Feedback has been used to improve the portfolio during the process.

Client Feedback:
The concept matches the needs of customers/users. The concept provides value to the client. The concept is feasible. All presentations to the client are well prepared and delivered.

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 10.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

9 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

10 % Contact teaching, 90 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 55

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Laura Salmi
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HTA222KA
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section must be completed during the period 28.8.-1.10. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. It is completed independently in Canvas.

The Project section starts with a kick-off on 6.10. and ends on 1.12. with final presentations. These meetings are on campus. In between are three shorter meetings in Zoom (see detailed schedule in Pakki and/or Canvas).

Self and peer assessments will be completed after the last meeting.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section consists of a Service Design project for a project partner (Safetum).
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION (28.8. - 1.10.):
needs to be completed before taking the the Project section.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame. In order to pass the theory section, a minimum total point score has to be achieved before the project section starts (see details in Canvas). Only students who have passed the theory part will be admitted to the project part.

PROJECT SECTION (6.10. - 1.12.):
will be conducted online according to a pre-defined schedule (see details in Canvas). The project part requires active teamwork, including co-creation. Participation to the project kick off (6.10.) is essential.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Forms of internationality

The study unit is implemented in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
This part is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
This part is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work is done in teams.

Content and scheduling

Both the theory and project parts follow the Double Diamond service design process model: Discover, Define, Develop, Deliver. Each phase will be introduced and teams will apply them to practice during the project.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes in Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes


All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information.

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

21.08.2023 - 08.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

5 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Lohja

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HLF222SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S22, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

MAIN THEMES AND CONTENTS OF THE COURSE

• Principles of service design process and tools in theory and practice
• Developing the service design concept based on a real business assignment by external partner organization

STRUCTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE COURSE (PART 1 AND PART 2)

Please note! The instructors of the course will send you a welcome letter (eMail) and more detailed instructions regarding studying before the course starts.

The language of the course is English.

PART 1. SERVICE DESIGN THEORY -COURSE IN CANVAS (3 ECTS) – INDIVIDUAL STUDY between 2nd January 2023 and 5th February 2023

IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 5TH FEBRUARY 2023 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!


PART 2 SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT (7 ECTS) - IN LEARNING TEAMS between 6th February 2023 and Sun 16th April 2023.

Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, five project guidance sessions, project presentation day and returning the final portfolio and learning document.
The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions according to the schedules agreed by the learning teams themselves.
We will utilize the Miro online-platform during the whole Part 2 Design project work.

Learning teams will be established at the beginning of Part 2.

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Important dates

21.8.2023: PART 1 Service Design Canvas and Theory Course (3 ECTS) open for individual studying (Location: Canvas)

25.8.2023: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3119 Service Design at 11.00-12.00 (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

24.9.2023: Deadline for successful completion of Part 1 Theory Course (3ECTS)

29.9.2023: PART 2 Project Kick-off: Teaming & Project Brief & Intro to case in at 9.00-15.00 (Location: Lohja Campus) (OBLIGATORY)

29.9.-3.12.2023: PART 2 Project work during scheduled guidance sessions 6.10., 27.10., 3.11., 10.11, 17.11. and 3.12. between the sessions, NOTE! After 3.12. session, project teams will continue teamwork by finishing Service Design Portfolio and Learning Report by 8.12. (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

8.12.2023: Deadline for Portfolio and Learning Report Return and Self & Peer assessment. The end of the course. (Location: Canvas)

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization. You will use tools and methods such as: desk research, contextual interviews, persona, customer journey, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (10.1.2023 at 900-1000 Zoom: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3119 Service Design) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 5TH FEBRUARY 2023 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!

NOTE: Participation in all contact sessions is mandatory. If you cannot join, send a message to the facilitators at least 1 day in advance. It is also very important, that you agree on your possible absence with your project team in advance and your plan how you will compensate for your absence to your project team. Each team must have minimum 2-3 participants in each session.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Obligatory Self- and peer assessment (using the Buddycheck tool) are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

21.08.2023 - 28.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus (NKA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Anna Nolvi
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • NKA222KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, kyberturvallisuus, monimuotototeutus, K22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 21.8 - 26.9 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 26.9

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts in October and a joint kick-off is held online on 3.10. This part ends at the end of November with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 21.8 - 26.9 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 3.10.-28.11.2023 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 3.10. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions on Tuesdays according to the schedule (see Pakki)
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.



(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

21.08.2023 - 01.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDV2), Laurea Tikkurila (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NDV222KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, monimuotototeutus, K22, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.


The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The Project section 2 starts after the theory is finished. This is campus based.

Location and time

The Theory section is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space .

The Project section is campus based which includes a service design project as team work. The project is based on a real-life design challenge. We work in class-room at Tikkurila campus.
The participation is mandatory.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a project work for companies.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace by certain deadline and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ect
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ect
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

14.08.2023 - 30.10.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLD2), Laurea Verkkokampus
Teachers
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Kaisa Airo
  • Antti Keskitalo
  • Annukka Jussila
Teacher in charge

Annukka Jussila

Groups
  • HLD222SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, S22, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course consists two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 14.8.-9.9.2023. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2. Zoom Kick-Start of the course and the theory part is 16.8. at 16.30 - 19.30hrs.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 10.9.-30.10.2023. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY.

Pre-sprint:
Wed 13.9.2023 at 16.30 – 19.30 in Zoom. Project Kick-off, Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning

Sprint:
Wed 27.9.2023 at 16.30 – 19.30 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Thu 28.9.2023 at 16.30 – 19.30 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 4.10.2023 at 16.30 – 19.30 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide
Thu 5.10.2023 at 16.30 – 19.30 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Wed 11.10.2023 at 16.30 - 19.30 in Zoom. Sprint Day 5: Test

After Sprint:
Thu 12.10.2023 at 16.30 – 19.30 in Zoom. Finalizing Sprint and Pitch Creation.
Wed 25.10. and Thu 26.10. at 16.30 - 20.00 Service Concept Pitching
Mon 30.10. Finalized Service Design portfolio return deadline

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871?sid=2956837188

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J. & Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint: How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five days. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/3amk.87746?sid=2956838418

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project Section 2:
Service Design Project for a partner organization.

Important dates

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ECTS which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ECTS which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelors level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place.

The quality of the study unit implementation has been assessed and the self-evaluation report is available in Canvas.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).
In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Management (HBA2), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Veera Lassila
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • HLA222KN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, K22, Leppävaara
  • HBA222SN
    Degree Programme in Business Management, daytime studies, S22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs in Canvas/online and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.This part is an online execution which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section session will be held on the campus starting with a kick-off and this session is mandatory for all students. Last campus session includes final presentations and self and peer evaluations.

During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

The project part sessions will be held on the Leppävaara campus during the daytime - please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.
Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

We will conduct a Service Design project for Barona, and their digital touchpoint MyBarona.

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY PART
Theory part 14.8. - 17.9.2023
Students study at the individual pace but taking quizzes weekly is recommended.

PROJECT PART
Project part 8.9.2023 - 3.12.2023
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

See schedule below in the section "sisältö ja jaksotus"

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design project for project client. This will be done in project teams.

Project part consist of the following sessions at Leppävaara campus.
Participation to the lessons is highly recommended due to team work. Mandatory participation is informed in Canvas.

28.09.2023 09.00 - 15.00 234 (70 henkilöä)
05.10.2023 09.00 - 12.00 216 Leppävaara (60 henkilöä)
26.10.2023 12.00 - 15.00 234 (70 henkilöä)
01.11.2023 09.00 - 12.00 234 (70 henkilöä)
09.11.2023 09.00 - 12.00 234 (70 henkilöä)
23.11.2023 12.00 - 15.00 234 (70 henkilöä)
30.11.2023 12.00 - 15.00 216 Leppävaara (60 henkilöä)

Project includes online work in teams in the Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover
*Define
*Develop
*Deliver
-Final presentations
-Self- and peer evaluation in Canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

22.05.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 44

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Developing Digital Services (NDA2), Laurea Leppävaara (in Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • NDA222KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, digitaalisten palveluiden kehittäminen, monimuotototeutus, K22, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs in Canvas and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section (on campus) starts with a kick-off and please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact lessons are held on campus and zoom. During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the kick-off is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section will include a Service Design project for the Client STTK.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 28.8.2023 - 28.9.2023

Theory part runs in Canvas with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project section.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 4.10.2023 - 27.11.2023
Project will be conducted on zoom according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation between the dates as well.

Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 4.10. at 9-15 at Zoom.

Contact sessions on Zoom:
04.10.2023 09.00 - 15.00
18.10.2023 16.00 - 18.30
01.11.2023 16.00 - 18.30
15.11.2023 16.00 - 18.30
23.11.2023 15.30 - 18.00

Return dates of service design portfolios are in Canvas.

In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

03.04.2023 - 09.04.2023

Timing

01.05.2023 - 30.06.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Teachers
  • Raija Kaljunen
  • Kati Tawast
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • HLA221SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S21, Leppävaara
  • HLG222KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K22, Otaniemi
  • HTA221SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S21, Leppävaara
  • HRA221SA
    Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management, blended learning, S21, Leppävaara
  • HLD222KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, K22, Verkkokampus
  • NTA221SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S21, Leppävaara
  • NIA221SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, virtual studies, S21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1.5.-31.5.2023. Zoom Kick-Start of the theory part - coaches available for Q & A 2.5.2023 at 16:00 hrs-16.30 hrs. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 5.6.-22.6.2023. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER VINCIT LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Monday 5.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Vincit Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Tuesday 6.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas.
Wednesday 7.6. – Friday 9.6.5.2022 Vincit Group interviews: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews.
Sprint:
Mon 12.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 13.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 14.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Vincit mid-week coaching
Thu 15.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 16.6.2023 Sprint Day 5: Test (please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit test interviews and analysis)

After Sprint:
Monday 19.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals & Pitching to Vincit Ltd.
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return 22.6.2023.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J. & Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint (Links to an external site.): How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five days. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report, which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with your teacher tutor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for Vincit Ltd.
Student teams will develop a service concept for Vincit Ltd.

Important dates

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1.5.-28.5.2023. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 5.6.-22.6.2023. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER VINCIT LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Monday 5.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Vincit Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Tuesday 6.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas.
Wednesday 7.6. – Friday 9.6.5.2022 Vincit Group interviews: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews.

Sprint:
Mon 12.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 13.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 14.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Vincit mid-week coaching
Thu 15.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 16.6.2023 Sprint Day 5: Test (please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit test interviews and analysis)

After Sprint:
Monday 19.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals & Pitching to Vincit Ltd.
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return 22.6.2023.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects, which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
Please note! If you register to this study unit, you have to be able to be present during all the sessions listed in the Important dates section, as well as prepare yourself for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions. You commit yourself to finish a project for the project provider Vincit Ltd.

Content and scheduling

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1.5.-28.5.2023. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 5.6.-22.6.2023. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER VINCIT LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Monday 5.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Vincit Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Tuesday 6.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas.
Wednesday 7.6. – Friday 9.6.5.2022 Vincit Group interviews: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews.

Sprint:
Mon 12.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 13.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 14.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Vincit mid-week coaching
Thu 15.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 16.6.2023 Sprint Day 5: Test (please book the whole day (8:00 hrs-17:00 hrs for Vincit test interviews and analysis)

After Sprint:
Monday 19.6.2023 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals & Pitching to Vincit Ltd.
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return 22.6.2023.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

10.02.2023 - 14.05.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

9 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

10 % Contact teaching, 90 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Päivi Harmoinen
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • HLA222KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K22, Leppävaara
  • HRA221SA
    Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management, blended learning, S21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs through (10 Feb - 2 Mar) and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section (on campus) starts with a kick-off on 10 Mar and ends on 14 May please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact lessons are held on campus and zoom. During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for the Client (Kespro)
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
10 Feb Study unit briefing & Q&A on Zoom at 16-16.30
10 Feb - 2 Mar Theory part with Quizzes, need to be completed before taking the Project section.

The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
(10 Mar - 14 May) will be conducted on campus and zoom according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Teaming during 7-9.3.2023


Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 10.3. at 9-15 at Leppävaara campus (no remote session possibility).

Contact sessions on Zoom:
Introduction to Define-phase on 30.3. at 16-18 on Zoom
Introduction to Develop-phase incl. Ideation workshop on 13.4. at 16-18 on Zoom
Introduction to Deliver-phase on 27.4. at 16-18 on Zoom
Pitching (final presentations) on 4.5. on Zoom
*Note! participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

Return dates of service design portfolios in Canvas:

Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 29.3.
Interview plans return by 16.3.
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 12.4.
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 26.4.
Idea Cards return by 17.4.
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 4.5.
Final pitch presentations on 4.5.
Self and peer evaluation and final portfolio return by 14.5.2023


In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

07.02.2023 - 21.05.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLD2), Laurea Verkkokampus
Teachers
  • Janika Kyttä
  • Hanna Schroderus
  • Antti Keskitalo
  • Annukka Jussila
Teacher in charge

Hanna Schroderus

Groups
  • HLD222KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, K22, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation on the Canvas learning platform consisting of two separate parts.

Theory (Part 1) - individual study. The Theory section includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section (Part 2) - working in teams. The Project section includes a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, project guidance sessions, pitching session and returning the final portfolio and learning document. The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions.

Important note! Successful completion of the Theory (Part 1) is a pre-requisite for participation to the Project section (Part 2). The student will not be accepted to the project section (Part 2), if theory (Part 1) has not been successfully completed!


Mandatory dates (ZOOM)!
7.2.2023 17.00-19.00 Service Design kick-off
8.3.2023 16.30-19.30 Design Challenge kick-off + Phase 1 Discover
10.5.2023 or 11.5.2023 16.30-19.30 (The mandatory date depends on your team's Design Challenge)

Please note that you will be working in teams for the whole project. In each meeting for the different Phases you need to have at least 3-4 members present from your team.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook. Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to the degree regulations “all students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”
For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
A Service Design project will be done for a real work-life partner.
Students will work in teams of 5-6 members and develop a service concept for the work-life partner.

Important dates

Important dates and deadlines:

The instructors of the course will send you a welcome letter (eMail) and more detailed instructions regarding studying before the course starts.

7.2.2023 17.00-19.00 Service Design kick-off (MANDATORY)

8.2.2023 Part 1 THEORY SECTION begins
Needs to be completed successfully according to the time schedule before Project Part 2 begins.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed according to the time schedule.

8.3.2023 Part 2 PROJECT SECTION begins
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.
Please note that you will be working in teams for the whole project. In each meeting for the different Phases you need to have at least 3-4 members present from your team.

8.3.2023 Project Part 2 - Design Challenge kick-off & phase 1 (Discover) 16.30-19.30 (ZOOM) (MANDATORY)
29.3.2023 Phase 2 (Define) (ZOOM)
12.4.2023 Phase 3 (Develop) (ZOOM)
26.4.2023 Phase 4 (Deliver) (ZOOM)
10.5.2023 Pitching I 16.30-19.30 (ZOOM) (PITCHING I or II is MANDATORY)
11.5.2023 Pitching II 16.30-19.30 (ZOOM) (PITCHING I or II is MANDATORY)
21.5.2023 Final portfolio return date (CANVAS)

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which corresponds approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which corresponds approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace according to a recommended schedule and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the following phases:
- Service Design project kick-off
-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover
*Define
*Develop
*Deliver
-Final presentations
- Portfolio

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

IMPORTANT NOTE! Successful completion of part 1. theory-course is a pre-requisite for participation to the part 2. project. The student will not be accepted to the part 2. project, if theory-course has not been successfully completed!

NOTE: You should participate in all contact sessions. If you cannot join, send a message to the facilitators at least 1 day in advance. It is also very important, that you agree on your possible absence with your project team in advance and your plan how you will compensate for your absence to your project team. Each team must have minimum 3-4 participants in each session.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Self- and peer assessment are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

30.01.2023 - 17.05.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 55

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Veera Lassila

Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 5. Open UAS: 5.)
Groups
  • HTA221SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S21, Leppävaara
Small groups
  • Pienryhmä 1

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The first part of the study unit is completed independently, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the given deadline. Self-direction is required. This part does not include meetings or working in pairs or groups. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit is implemented on campus. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation, but it is important to take part in the workshops on campus according to schedule. The second part is based on teamwork. You will receive regular feedback for assignments from the teacher, and working life or peer feedback may also be utilised.

Attendance in the workshops is required. No alternative solutions are offered and this implementation cannot be taken remotely. Please check the schedule carefully! If you are not able to attend the scheduled workshops on campus, please choose another implementation.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. One of Laurea's key partners will provide the design challenge and participate in the project via mentoring and feedback.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed by 5 March. Only those who have completed the theory will progress to the project part. In order to start the project, participants must attend the three-day intensive start on 13, 14 and 17 March.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

19.01.2023 - 27.04.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Otaniemi, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLG2), Laurea Otaniemi, Finnish
Teachers
  • Eeva Miettinen
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HLG222KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K22, Otaniemi

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 19.1. -23.1.2023 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 28.1.2023

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 27.2 -24.4.

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts in March and a joint kick-off is held online on 9.3. This part ends on 20.4. with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 19.1.-23.1.2023 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 27.2.-20.4.2023 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 9.3.2023. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

MANDATORY class sessions: 9.3, 23.3, 30.3, 31.3, 13.4 ja 20.4.
Please note: You can miss only 1 time (except kick-off) to complete the project part!

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Theory 19.1 -23.2
Project part
MANDATORY class sessions: 9.3, 23.3, 30.3, 31.3, 13.4 ja 20.4.
Please note: You can miss only 1 time to complete the project part!


(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

16.01.2023 - 05.05.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HMA221SN
    Degree Programme in Service Business Management, daytime studies, S21, Leppävaara
  • HLA221SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The first part of the study unit is completed independently, following a flexible schedule as long as it is completed by the given deadline. Self-direction is required. This part does not include meetings or working in pairs or groups. You will study in a Canvas learning environment which includes learning material and tests. You will not receive individual feedback for assignments: feedback is based on checking the accuracy of the answers.

The second part of the study unit is implemented on campus. A Canvas learning environment is used to support the implementation, but it is important to take part in the workshops on campus according to schedule. The second part is based on teamwork. You will receive regular feedback for assignments from the teacher, and working life or peer feedback may also be utilised.

Attendance in the workshops is required. No alternative solutions are offered and this implementation cannot be taken remotely. Please check the schedule carefully! If you are not able to attend the scheduled workshops on campus, please choose another implementation.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

A comprehensive material package is provided in Canvas.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

A service design project will be carried out in teams after the theory part is finished. One of Laurea's key partners will provide the design challenge and participate in the project via mentoring and feedback.

Important dates

The theory part must be completed by 19 February. Only those who have completed the theory will progress to the project part. In order to start the project, participants must attend the two-day intensive start on 27 and 28 February.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

The study unit is 10 credits, equivalent to 270 hours.

Approximate distribution of workload:
Theory 5 x 16 h = 80 h
Project workshops attendance (including presentations to the client) 7 x 6 h + 3 h = 45 h
Teamwork outside workshops 10 x 15 h = 150 h

Content and scheduling

The theory part covers the service design process, as seen through the Double Diamond model.

In the project part, the same process will be implemented in practice.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

The study unit is assessed in two parts. The first part (theory) is assessed individually via quizzes in Canvas. Each quizz can be taken twice, in the given time frame. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given for this part based on the quizz results.

The second part (project) is assessed via a service design portfolio documenting the project. The portfolio is assessed as a team assignment. A grade from 0 to 5 will be given to the team.

In addition, students will give peer feedback via Buddycheck, which can be taken into account in grading if necessary.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Professional knowledge basis, information searching and reporting

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

Professional practice and workplace development

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

Teamwork, skills, leadership, and responsibility

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of their actions for successful co-operation
- describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed. If Ouriginal is used when assignments are checked, the lecturer will inform the students of this.

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

16.01.2023 - 28.04.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 46

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Johanna Lunkka
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Johanna Lunkka

Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 5. Open UAS: 5.)
Groups
  • HLA221SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S21, Leppävaara
Small groups
  • Pienryhmä 1

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs in Canvas/online through 16.1 - 19.2.2023 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.This part is an online execution which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section session will be held on the campus starting with a kick-off on 1.3.2023 and ending on 3.5.2023. Last campus session includes final presentations and self and peer evaluations.

During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

The project part sessions will be held on the Leppävaara campus during the daytime - please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.
Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for K Citymarket.

Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY PART
Theory part is open between 16.1 - 19.2.2023
Students study at the individual pace but taking quizzes weekly is recommended.

PROJECT PART
Project part starts on 1.3 continuing until 3.5.
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedul

See schedule below in the section "sisältö ja jaksotus"

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 16.1 - 19.2.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 1.3 - 3.5.
Conducting a service design project for K Citymarket's new service concept for consumers and b2b customers. This will be done in project teams.

Project part consist of the following sessions at Leppävaara campus.
Participation to the lessons is highly recommended due to team work. Mandatory participation is informed in Canvas.

1.3 @ 9-15 Kick-off, teaming & Discover phase
8.3 @ 9-12
23.3 @ 12-16
30.3 @ 12-16
13.4 @12-15
27.4 @ 12-15
3.5 @ 9-12

Project includes online work in teams in the Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover (3 weeks)
*Define (1 week)
*Develop (2 weeks)
*Deliver (2 weeks)
-Final presentations
-Self- and peer evaluation in Canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (3.3.) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

16.01.2023 - 10.05.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 75

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTV2), Laurea Tikkurila (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
  • Terhi Kärpänen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NTV221SN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, päivätoteutus, S21, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.


The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The Project section 2 starts in March with a joint kick-off and ends with final pitch presentations. This is campus based.

Location and time

The Theory section is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space .

The Project section is campus based which includes a service design project as team work. The project is based on a real-life design challenge. We work in class-room at Tikkurila campus.
The participation is mandatory.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Suomeksi
According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (3-6 persons per team) will develop a project work for companies.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace by certain deadline and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ect
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ect
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

04.01.2023 - 12.04.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Cyber Security (NCA2), Laurea Leppävaara
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology (NIA), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Marjaana Ajanto
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • NCA221SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, Cyber Security, blended learning, S21, Leppävaara
  • NIA221SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, virtual studies, S21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 4.1.-31.1.2023 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 (online) starts by teaming between 3.-7.2. and continues with a joint kick-off on 8.2. Project ends on 5.4. with final pitch presentations. Self & peer evaluation and final portfolio need to be completed by 12.4.2023

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company Eckerö Line.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for the work-life partner Eckerö Line.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
4.1.-31.1.2023 needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. Tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given timeline. The minimum total points need to be scored to pass the course.

Student can re-take tests during 1-2.2.2023, if the minimum total points were not achieved by 31.1.2023.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Teaming during 3-7.2.2023

ZOOM-sessions: Note: participation of all team members is required in all Zoom-sessions.

Project kick-off incl. introduction to Discover-phase on 8.2. at 16-18.30 on Zoom.
Introduction to Define-phase on 1.3. at 16-18.30 on Zoom
Introduction to Develop-phase incl. Ideation workshop on 8.3. at 16-18.30 on Zoom
Introduction to Deliver-phase on 29.3. at 16-18.30 on Zoom
Pitching (final presentations) on 5.4. at 16-18.30 on Zoom

Return dates of service design portfolios:

Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 28.2.
Interview plans return by 14.2.
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 7.3.
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 28.3.
Idea Cards return by 9.3.
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 4.4.
Final pitch presentations on 5.4.
Self and peer evaluation and finalization of the portfolio by 12.4.2023

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 5
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given timeline. Minimum total points need to be scored to pass the theory part.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the following phases:
- Service Design project kick-off
-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover 8-28.2. (3 weeks)
*Define 1-7.3. (1 week)
*Develop 8.3.-28.3. (3 weeks)
*Deliver 29.3.-4.4. (1 week)
-Final presentations 5.4.2023

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Five spots reserved for open UAS students.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION:7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 04.12.2022

Timing

03.01.2023 - 11.04.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • NTA221SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation on the Canvas learning platform consisting of two separate parts.
The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section includes a service design project project provided by SATO Ltd and done as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Project Part 2 begins - Design Challenge kick-off is mandatory Zoom event for the course.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook. Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to the degree regulations “all students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”
For further information visit LINK.

Theory section:
An accomplished theoretical course on service design.

Project section:
Student's prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. If you have competences and prior experience in a service design project, and you would like to be accredited for them, please be in touch with the instructor for further consultation.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
A Service Design project will be done for a real work-life partner Sato Ltd.
Students will work in teams of 5-6 members and develop a service concept for the work-life partner.

Important dates

1 THEORY SECTION
Needs to be completed before Project Part 2 begins.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

2 PROJECT SECTION
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Important dates and deadlines:
The Theory Part 1 begins in Canvas 3.1.2023
Service Design info Q&A 10.1.2023 (ZOOM)
Project Part 2 - Design Challenge kick-off & phase 1 (Discover) 7.2.2023 (ZOOM)
Phase 2 (Define) 28.2.2023 (ZOOM)
Phase 3 (Develop) 7.3.2023 (ZOOM)
Phase 4 (Deliver) 28.3.2023 (ZOOM)
Final presentations 4.4.2023 (ZOOM)

Final portfolio return date 11.4.2023

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which corresponds approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which corresponds approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace according to a recommended schedule and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the following phases:
- Service Design project kick-off
-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover
*Define
*Develop
*Deliver
-Final presentations
- Portfolio

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Self- and peer assessment are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

28.11.2022 - 18.12.2022

Timing

02.01.2023 - 16.04.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

9 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

10 % Contact teaching, 90 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Lohja

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Antti Keskitalo

Groups
  • HLF222KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K22, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

MAIN THEMES AND CONTENTS OF THE COURSE

• Principles of service design process and tools in theory and practice
• Developing the service design concept based on a real business assignment by external partner organization

STRUCTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE COURSE (PART 1 AND PART 2)

Please note! The instructors of the course will send you a welcome letter (eMail) and more detailed instructions regarding studying before the course starts.

The language of the course is English.

PART 1. SERVICE DESIGN THEORY -COURSE IN CANVAS (3 ECTS) – INDIVIDUAL STUDY between 2nd January 2023 and 5th February 2023

IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 5TH FEBRUARY 2023 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!


PART 2 SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT (7 ECTS) - IN LEARNING TEAMS between 6th February 2023 and Sun 16th April 2023.

Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, five project guidance sessions, project presentation day and returning the final portfolio and learning document.
The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions according to the schedules agreed by the learning teams themselves.
We will utilize the Miro online-platform during the whole Part 2 Design project work.

Learning teams will be established at the beginning of Part 2.

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Important dates

2.1.2023: PART 1 Service Design Canvas and Theory Course (3 ECTS) open for individual studying (Location: Canvas)

10.1.2023: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3119 Service Design at 900-1000 (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

5.2.2023: Deadline for successful completion of Part 1 Theory Course (3ECTS)

6.2.2023: PART 2 Project Kick-off: Teaming & Project Brief & Intro to case in at 900-1500 (Location: Lohja Campus) (OBLIGATORY)

6.2.2023-16.4.2023: PART 2 Project work during scheduled guidance sessions 6.2., 13.2., 27.2., 6.3., 13.3., 20.3., and 3.4. and between the sessions, NOTE! After 3.4. session, project teams will continue teamwork by finishing Service Design Portfolio and Learning Report by 16.4. (Location: Zoom) (OBLIGATORY)

16.4.2023: Deadline for Portfolio and Learning Report Return and Self & Peer assessment. The end of the course. (Location: Canvas)

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization. You will use tools and methods such as: desk research, contextual interviews, persona, customer journey, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (10.1.2023 at 900-1000 Zoom: Kick-off and Orientation to the Course R0216-3119 Service Design) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 5TH FEBRUARY 2023 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2. PROJECT! THE STUDENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED TO THE PART 2 PROJECT, IF THEORY-COURSE HAS NOT BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED!

NOTE: Participation in all contact sessions is mandatory. If you cannot join, send a message to the facilitators at least 1 day in advance. It is also very important, that you agree on your possible absence with your project team in advance and your plan how you will compensate for your absence to your project team. Each team must have minimum 2-3 participants in each session.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Obligatory Self- and peer assessment (using the Buddycheck tool) are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 14.08.2022

Timing

16.09.2022 - 31.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

9 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

10 % Contact teaching, 90 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Lohja

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Marja Isokangas

Groups
  • HLF221SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S21, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

MAIN THEMES AND CONTENTS OF THE COURSE

• Principles of service design process and tools in theory and practice
• Developing the service design concept based on a real business assignment by external partner organization

STRUCTURE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE COURSE

Please note! The instructors of the course will send you more welcome letter and more detailed instructions regarding studying before the course starts.
The language of the course is English.

PART 1. SERVICE DESIGN THEORY -COURSE (3 ECTS) – INDIVIDUAL STUDY between 16th September 2022 and 23rd October 2022


IMPORTANT NOTE! SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF PART 1. THEORY-COURSE BY 23.10.2022 IS A PRE-REQUISITE FOR PARTICIPATION TO THE PART 2.


PART 2 SERVICE DESIGN PROJECT (7 ECTS) - IN LEARNING TEAMS between 14th October 2022 and Sun 27th November 2022

Project will be carried out in learning teams including kick off, five project guidance sessions, project presentations day and returning the final portfolio and learning document.
The learning teams will work both in the project guidance sessions and between the guidance sessions according to the schedules agreed by the learning teams themselves.
We will utilize the Miro online-platform during the whole Part 2 Design project work.

Learning teams will be established at the beginning of Part 2.

Schedule:

Some of the project guidance session will be carried out at the Lohja Campus and some online via Zoom or Teams:
- Kick Off -session on Fri 14th of October at Lohja Campus at 9.00.
- Project Guidance Sessions will be mainly held in Zoom.
- NOTE! After project sessions, project teams will continue teamwork by finishing Service Design Portfolio and Learning Report by Sun 27.11.

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Important dates

The study unit opens 16.9.2022 and individual work can be done starting that date.

Teamwork will be announced 14.10.2022 at the Project Kick-Off.

Project work includes kick-off, five workshop days and presentations to project organization.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization. You will use tools and methods such as: desk research, contextual interviews, persona, customer journey, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Self- and peer assessment are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 05.06.2022

Timing

01.09.2022 - 05.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Veera Lassila
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HLA221KN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, K21, Leppävaara
  • NTA221KN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, päivätoteutus, K21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 1-29.9.2022 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

The Project section 2 (on campus) starts on with a kick-off 6.10. and ends on 1.12. with final pitch presentations and self- and peer evaluations by 5.12.
The project section will be held at Leppävaara campus during the daytime (at 9-15) please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions at campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work online following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for Coor. Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept to improve Coor customer experience.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
1-29.9.2022 needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project 6.10.-5.12.2022 will be conducted on campus on pre-defined schedule. Project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Kick-off for the Project brief on 6.10. at 9-15 on campus. Customer interviews in mid October. Testing interviews in November Ideation workshop on 3.11.2022

Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return: 26.10. Class-room session 6.10. at 9-15
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return: 2.11. Class-room session 27.10. at 9-15 (Ideation)
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return: 23.11. Class-room session 3.11. at 9-15
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return: 30.11. Class-room session 24.11. at 9-15
Final pitch presentations, class-room session on 1.12. at 9-15

Note: times are provisional and subject to change

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1-29.9.2022
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 6.10.-5.12.2022
Conducting a service design project for Coor in project teams.
Study unit consists of the following:

- Service Design project kick-off on 6.10. at 9-15 in class-room.

-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:

*Discover 6-26.10.
*Define 27.10.- 2.11.
*Develop 3-23.11.
*Deliver 24-30.11.
-Final presentations on 1.12. at 9-15 in class-room, Buddycheck self- and peer evaluation by 5.12.

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 5 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 5 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 29.05.2022

Timing

01.09.2022 - 09.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Otaniemi, liko

Campus

Laurea Otaniemi

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLG2), Laurea Otaniemi, Finnish
Teachers
  • Johanna Lunkka
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HLG221SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S21, Otaniemi

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 1.9. -5.10.2022 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 5.10.2022.

The Project section 2 (campus/online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 13.10 -7.12.

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (campus/online) starts in October and a joint kick-off is held on campus on 13.10. This part ends on 1.12. with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 1.9.-5.10.2022 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 13.10.-7.12.2022 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

The project kick-off will be held on 13.10.2022 on campus Otaniemi. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
1.9 -5.10.2022
Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
13.10 -7.12
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Important dates and deadlines:
13.10.2022 12.00 - 15.00 122.2
27.10.2022 14.00 - 17.00 Ulkopuolinen tila : Zoom
31.10.2022 16.00 - 17.00 Ulkopuolinen tila : Etäyhteys
04.11.2022 14.00 - 17.00 Ulkopuolinen tila : Zoom
14.11.2022 12.30 - 13.30 Ulkopuolinen tila : Zoom
17.11.2022 14.00 - 17.00 Ulkopuolinen tila : Zoom
01.12.2022 12.00 - 15.00 122.2

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 29.05.2022

Timing

29.08.2022 - 15.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Laura Salmi
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HTA221KA2
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Leppävaara, ryhmä 2
  • HTA221KA
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section must be completed during the period 29.8.-30.9. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. It is completed independently in Canvas.

The Project section starts with a kick-off on 7.10. and ends on 2.12. with final presentations. In between are three shorter meetings (see detailed schedule in Pakki and/or Canvas). All meetings are in Zoom.

Self and peer assessments will be completed after the last meeting.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the studies or another person designated to the position. The assessment is carried out according to the same assessment criteria and, as a rule, same grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit or module. The student is entitled to apply for accreditation of prior competence regardless of where, how and when the competence has been acquired. The student may also seek accreditation of competence to be acquired on the job as part of their degree (work-based learning). ... The student is responsible for demonstrating and verifying their competence and for providing sufficient information.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

The project section consists of a Service Design project for Safetum..
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION (29.8. - 30.9.):
needs to be completed before taking the the Project section.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame. In order to pass the theory section, a minimum total point score has to be achieved before the project section starts (see details in Canvas). Only students who have passed the theory part will be admitted to the project part.

PROJECT SECTION (7.10. - 2.12.):
will be conducted online according to a pre-defined schedule (see details in Canvas). The project part requires active teamwork, including co-creation. Participation to the project kick off (7.10.) is essential.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Forms of internationality

The study unit is implemented in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
This part is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
This part is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work is done in teams.

Content and scheduling

Both the theory and project parts follow the Double Diamond service design process model: Discover, Define, Develop, Deliver. Each phase will be introduced and teams will apply them to practice during the project.

Further information for students

The study unit corresponds to the requirements of Bachelor's level education.

According to the degree regulations (section 18) "students must be present for the first contact teaching session, or they must notify the responsible teacher of their absence to confirm they intend to participate in studies, Alternatively, the teacher can specify a different manner for the student to confirm that they intend to participate in the studies. The completion of these measures can be required within a week of the studies having begun. The application of the aforementioned approach requires that the teacher notifies the students accepted to the study unit of the practice and that the practice is specifically mentioned in the study unit’s implementation plan.

If the student has a justified reason for not attending the first contact teaching session or for not notifying the teacher of their intention to be involved in studies in the manner required by the teacher, the student must contact the responsible teacher to agree on participation in the studies. Their registration for the study unit will be rejected, of the student does not notify the teacher of being absent from the first contact teaching session or the reason for their absence cannot be considered justified, Another student who is in line for the study unit can be selected in their place."

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

“The evaluation of competence is based on the descriptions of objectives in the curricula, and the level of competence is assessed according to the evaluation criteria listed in the implementation plan for the studies.” (Laurea degree regulations).

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

[Leave the parts that apply] “Students who has failed to demonstrate their competence in accordance with the approved level must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. Laurea provides examination retake dates. Students must register for these examinations no later than 10 days before the retake date. A failed exam or other study attainment can be retaken twice. A failure to attend an actual examination is considered to be one completion attempt." (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 29.05.2022

Timing

29.08.2022 - 04.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Service Business Management (HMA), Laurea Leppävaara
Teachers
  • Anna Nolvi
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • HMA221SN
    Degree Programme in Service Business Management, daytime studies, S21, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs through (5 Sep - 9 Oct 2022) and needs to be completed before taking the Project section. Theory includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section (on campus) starts with a kick-off on 11 Oct and ends on 4 Dec please check the schedule in Pakki. Contact lessons are held on campus. During the project section teams will carry out a service design project based on a real-life design challenge. Between the meetings on campus the teams work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit student intranet.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, you can join demostration of competence process (please check instructions from student intranet) or as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
(5 Sep - 9 Oct) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
(11 Oct - 4 Dec) will be conducted on campus according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation.
Contact lessons:

11.10.2022 10.00 - 16.00
25.10.2022 12.30 - 16.30
01.11.2022 12.00 - 16.00
15.11.2022 12.00 - 16.00
22.11.2022 12.00 - 16.00
29.11.2022 13.00 - 15.00

In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Conducting a service design in project teams.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (5 Sep) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 29.05.2022

Timing

22.08.2022 - 13.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTV2), Laurea Tikkurila (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NTV220SN
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The first meeting, kick-off is at Zoom on 30.08.2022 16.15 - 19.00
The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The Project section 2 starts on October. with a joint kick-off and ends with final pitch presentations.This is campus based.

Location and time

The Theory section is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space as well Agile methods. The theory kick-off will be held on 30.8. The participation is mandatory.

The Project section is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, and agile method usage. The project is based on a real-life design challenge. We work in class-room at Tikkurila campus.
The project kick-off will be held on 04.10. The participation is mandatory.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Suomeksi
According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (3-6 persons per team) will develop a project work for companies.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ect
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ect
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 29.05.2022

Timing

22.08.2022 - 04.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Tikkurila

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTV2), Laurea Tikkurila (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
Teacher in charge

Outi Loikkanen

Groups
  • NTV221KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Tikkurila

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is partly an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The first meeting, kick-off is at Zoom on 30.08.2022 16.15 - 19.00. The participation is mandatory
The Theory section 1 (online) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.The Theory section is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space as well Agile methods.

The Project section 2 starts on October. with a joint kick-off and ends with final pitch presentations.Project includes a service design project as team work, and agile method usage. The project is based on a real-life design challenge.
The project kick-off will be held ib October in Tikkurila campus. The participation is mandatory, because here you will meet your group members and business partners for the first time. Later on, the project team can agree to meet online or on Campus when working. Project coaching is arranged in Zoom in the evenings.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (3-6 persons per team) will develop a project work for companies.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.
PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule. The schedule is published in Canvas in August.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ect
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ect
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, approved/failed

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, fail (0)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
- propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

Enrollment

23.05.2022 - 29.05.2022

Timing

01.08.2022 - 31.12.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 135

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLD2), Laurea Verkkokampus
Teachers
  • Hanna Schroderus
  • Päivi Harmoinen
  • Veera Lassila
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Hanna Schroderus

Groups
  • HLD221SA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, S21, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation on the Canvas learning platform consisting of two separate parts.
The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

Project Part 2 begins - Design Challenge kick-off is mandatory Zoom event for the course.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook. Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to the degree regulations “all students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.”
For further information visit LINK.

Theory section:
An accomplished theoretical course on service design.

Project section:
Student's prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. If you have competences and prior experience in a service design project, and you would like to be accredited for them, please be in touch with the instructor for further consultation.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
A Service Design project for a real work-life partner will be conducted.
Students will work in teams of 5-6 members and develop a service concept for the work-life partner.

Important dates

1 THEORY SECTION
Needs to be completed before Project Part 2 begins.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

2 PROJECT SECTION
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Important dates and deadlines:
The Theory Part 1 begins in Canvas 8.8.2022
Service Design info Q&A 17.8.2022 (ZOOM)
Project Part 2 - Design Challenge kick-off & phase 1 (Discover) 14.9.2022 (ZOOM)
Phase 2 (Define) 5.10.2022 (ZOOM)
Phase 3 (Develop) 11.10.2022 (ZOOM)
Phase 4 (Deliver) 27.10.2022 (ZOOM)
Pitching 2.11.2022 (ZOOM)
Pitching 3.11.2022 (ZOOM)
Final portfolio return date 16.11.2022

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which corresponds approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which corresponds approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace according to a recommended schedule and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the following phases:
- Service Design project kick-off
-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover
*Define
*Develop
*Deliver
-Final presentations
- Portfolio

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Self- and peer assessment are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.

Enrollment

04.04.2022 - 10.04.2022

Timing

01.05.2022 - 31.08.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Teachers
  • Kati Tawast
  • Päivi Williams
Teacher in charge

Päivi Williams

Groups
  • HLG220KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K20, Otaniemi
  • HLA221KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Leppävaara
  • HTA220SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Leppävaara
  • NTA220SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S20, Leppävaara
  • NIA220SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, virtual studies, S20, Leppävaara
  • HRA220SA
    Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management, blended learning, S20, Leppävaara
  • HLA220SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The study unit will consist of two parts: The theory Part 1 (3 ects) and the project Part 2 (7 ects).
Part 1 needs to be completed before starting the Part 2.

Location and time

Part 1 (Theory) will be implemented fully online during 2 - 29 May 2022
The studies consist mostly of self-paced and individual assignments online.

Part 2 (Project) is an intensive practice-based work in teams during 1 - 22 June 2022.
The intensive days will take place online.

The workshop days in Zoom will be held daily at 10 - 16 as follows:
1 June Orientation, project kick-off, teaming
13 - 17 June Project sprint
21 -22 June Pitch rehearsals, final presentations for the project commisioner

Working in teams during 1 - 12 June Customer interviews and insight

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J.,Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint: How to Solve Big Problems and test new ideas in Just Five Days. Simon & Schuster Paperbacks.
Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/laurus.88555

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives. Prior knowledge can be shown by completing the online assignments.

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructors.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project partner: Cego Project

Important dates

See above

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for degree and exchange students.

Content and scheduling

THEORY PART 1
The theory part covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT PART 2
The project offers an opportunity to apply the theoretical knowledge in practice. The hands-on design sprint will follow the same process and utilizing methods and tools studied in the theory part.

Timing as above.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Five spots reserved for open UAS students.

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY PART
Individual assignments, Quizzes and other individual tasks in Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION:
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes.

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes.

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team.

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

11.04.2022 - 10.06.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Anne Lahti
  • Kati Tawast
Teacher in charge

Kati Tawast

Groups
  • NTA220SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S20, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 11.4.2022-15.5.2022. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 18.5.2022-10.6.2022. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.
Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS BETWEEN 16:00-20:00 HRS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER SATO LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

Pre-sprint:
Wed 18.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Sato Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Thu 19.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas --> Coaches’ comments on teams’ plans during Fri 20.5.)
Fri 20.5. – Wed 25.5.2022 Individual team work: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews --> Coaches’ comments on teams’ pre sprint portfolios by Fri 27.5.2022

Sprint:
Mon 30.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 31.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 1.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Sato mid-week coaching
Thu 2.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 3.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 5: Test

After Sprint:
Tue 7.6.2021 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals & Pitching to Sato Ltd
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return by Friday 10.6.2022.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Knapp, J., Zeratsky, J. & Kowitz, B. 2016. Sprint (Links to an external site.): How to solve big problems and test new ideas in just five days. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report, which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with your teacher tutor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for Sato Ltd.
Student teams will develop a service concept for Sato Ltd.

Important dates

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 11.4.2022-15.5.2022. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

The Project section 2 (online Pre-Sprint, Sprint, and After Sprint + Intensive teamwork) runs through 18.5.2022-10.6.2022.

Pre-sprint:
Wed 18.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Sato Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Thu 19.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning
--> Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas --> Coaches’ comments on teams’ plans during Fri 20.5.

Fri 20.5. – Wed 25.5.2022 Intensive team work: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews --> Coaches’ comments on teams’ pre sprint portfolios by Fri 27.5.2022

Sprint:
Mon 30.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 31.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 1.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Sato mid-week coaching
Thu 2.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 3.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 5: Test

After Sprint:
Tue 7.6.2021 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals & Pitching to Sato Ltd
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return by Friday 10.6.2022.

Please note: THE PARTICIPATION IN ALL THE LISTED SESSIONS BETWEEN 16:00-20:00 HRS IS MANDATORY. YOU COMMIT YOURSELF TO FINISH A PROJECT FOR THE PROJECT PROVIDER SATO LTD BY REGISTERING TO THIS STUDY UNIT.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects, which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
Please note! If you register to this study unit, you have to be able to be present during all the sessions listed in the Important dates section, as well as prepare yourself for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions. You commit yourself to finish a project for the project provider Sato Ltd.

Content and scheduling

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 11.4.2022-15.5.2022. Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 is an online Design Sprint, which includes a service design project as a teamwork, based on a real-life design challenge. We will use Canvas, digital co-creation tool Miro and Zoom. The Project section 2 (online Design Sprint + Intensive team work) runs through 18.5.2022-10.6.2022. Design Sprint has three phases: Pre-Sprint, Sprint and After Sprint. Participating in all below listed sprint sessions is mandatory. In addition to the guided sessions, please prepare yourself also for intensive teamwork in-between the sessions.

Pre-sprint:
Wed 18.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Welcome & Sato Ltd Project Kick-off, Orientation, Team building and choosing the sprint roles
Thu 19.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Agenda: Customer insight & instructions for the problem interviews, Personas and customer journeys, Interview planning (Teams’ interview plans to be returned by the end of the day in Canvas --> Coaches’ comments on teams’ plans during Fri 20.5.)
Fri 20.5. – Wed 25.5.2022 Individual team work: Execution, analysis and visualization of problem interviews --> Coaches’ comments on teams’ pre sprint portfolios by Fri 27.5.2022

Sprint:
Mon 30.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 1: Map
Tue 31.5.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 2: Sketch
Wed 1.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 3: Decide & Sato mid-week coaching
Thu 2.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 4: Prototype
Fri 3.6.2022 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Sprint Day 5: Test

After Sprint:
Tue 7.6.2021 at 16.00 – 20.00 in Zoom. Service Concept Pitching rehearsals & Pitching to Sato Ltd
Finalization of Design Portfolio and return by Friday 10.6.2022.

(Note: times are tentative and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 13.02.2022

Timing

28.02.2022 - 24.05.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Johanna Lunkka
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Johanna Lunkka

Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 5. Open UAS: 5.)
Groups
  • HTA220SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Leppävaara
  • HLA220SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Leppävaara
Small groups
  • Pienryhmä 1

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

Service Design for Circular Economy is a substitutive study unit to Service Design.
NOTE. you can replace the Service Design study unit (R0216) with this study unit focused on the circular business/services.
Besides just Service Design you will extend your knowledge about the circular economy business. Credits earned are the same 10 ects.

This is a combined online& sprint campus implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 28.2.-27.3. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

The Project section 2 (online&campus with a sprint week) starts on 4.4. with a joint kick-off.
Final presentations (pitching) will be on 23.5. and course ends with self & peer assessments by 31.5.

Note. project section includes a sprint week at the campus (5 days) which is mandatory with different kinds of ideation & concept workshops. A large part of the project work is done during just one week. Additionally the project part includes two shorter sessions at campus& independent team work.

Location and time

(this is same as below toteutuksen tärkeät päivämäärät)

THEORY SECTION 1
28.2.-27.3 needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, as well as circular economy principles and methods. It includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time-frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Important dates and deadlines:

Teaming during 28.3.-3.4. online.
Kick-off for the Project brief on 4.4.. at 12-15 at the campus.

Pre-sprint 4.4.- 1.5. online ( team work & Zoom sessions)

Sprint week 2.-6.5. at the campus
The participation during the whole Sprint week between 9-17 hrs is mandatory (check the Pakki calendar). It consists of intensive working in teams. Each day has a different theme.

After sprint:
Final presentations 23.5. at the campus
Final portfolio return DL 29.5. (Canvas)
Self and peer evaluation DL 29.5. (Canvas)

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Other materials will be shared during the study unit.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for an interesting clothing or textile company. In the project we develop the company's service product concepts based on one circular economy business model.


Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for the company with a design challenge related to circular economy. Special focus on how to develop the business towards more sustainable models.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
28.2.-27.3 needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, as well as circular economy principles and methods. It includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time-frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Important dates and deadlines:

NOTE. check the full schedule of common campus and online sessions at the course schedule / Pakki.
Teaming during 28.3.-3.4. online.
Kick-off for the Project brief on 4.4.. at 12-15 at the campus.

Pre-sprint 4.4.- 1.5. online ( team work & Zoom sessions)

Sprint week 2.-6.5. at the campus
The participation during the whole Sprint week between 9-17 hrs is mandatory (check the Pakki calendar). It consists of intensive working in teams. Each day has a different theme.

After sprint:
Pitch rehearsal 17.5. 9-11
Final presentations 23.5. at the campus
Final portfolio return DL 24.5. (Canvas)
Self and peer evaluation DL 24.5. (Canvas)

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Suitable for the exchange students.

A small group of UCLL students from Belgium will join our sprint week.

NOTE!
Students from this study unit can apply for a one week exchange program in Belgium / Leuven /UCLL> more information check project TP00BU74-3001 Innovation Lab project with UCLL Belgium.
Separate 3 Ects are offered for this project study. Enroll / apply in Pakki.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 5
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams, including co-creation parts.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, as well as circular economy principles and methods.
Theory section includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Project section consists of
-pre-sprint work (e.g. teaming, desk and field rearch, personas)
-sprint week - 5 days (e.g. concept desrciption, protoptyping, testing)
-after sprint work (e.g. finalizing the concept and new business model) and pitching the concept

See the section "toteutuksen täkeät päivämäärät"/ important dates)

See the online and campus sessions at the course schedule.
Sprint week: mandatory participation.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ects
5 individual Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ects
Team assignment: service concept and final service design portfolio, scale 1-5
including 4 portfolio returns after each development phase
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

25.01.2022 - 10.06.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Korkeakouluyksikkö D, Verkkokampus, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLD2), Laurea Verkkokampus
Teachers
  • Veera Peltomaa
  • Oskari Vesterinen
Teacher in charge

Hanna Schroderus

Groups
  • HLD221KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, verkko-opinnot, K21, Verkkokampus

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is an online implementation on the Canvas learning platform consisting of two separate parts.
The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space.

The Project section includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.
There are two mandatory Zoom events in the course, the project kick-off and the final pitch presentations.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section:
An accomplished theoretical course on service design.

Project section:
Student's prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. If you have competences and prior experience in a service design project, and you would like to be accredited for them, please be in touch with the instructor for further consultation.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
A Service Design project for a real work-life partner will be conducted.
Students will work in teams of 4-5 members and develop a service concept for the work-life partner.

Important dates

1 THEORY SECTION
needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

2 PROJECT SECTION
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Please see schedule for detailed information.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which corresponds approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which corresponds approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace according to a recommended schedule and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the following phases:
- Service Design project kick-off
-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover
*Define
*Develop
*Deliver
-Final presentations on Zoom
- Portfolio

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate their familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of their competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan their personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

23.01.2022 - 26.04.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, tiko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 55

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology (NIA), Laurea Leppävaara
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Anne Lahti
  • Anna Nolvi
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • NIA220SA
    Degree Programme in Business Information Technology, virtual studies, S20, Leppävaara
  • NTA220SA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, S20, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 24.1. -27.2.2022 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 27.2.2022.

The Project section 2 (online)

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 9.3 -19.4.

This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts on 4.3.2022 and a joint kick-off is held online on 9.3. This part ends on 19.4. with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

Location and time

The Theory section during 24.1.-27.2.2022 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 4.3.-19.4.2022 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas. YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL MEETING DAYS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 9.3 -19.4.

The project kick-off will be held on 9.3.2022 AT 15 -18 in Zoom. The participation is MANDATORY. VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
24.1.-27.2.2022
Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
4.3.-19.4.2022
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 4.3 -19.4.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1
24.1.-27.2.2022
Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
4.3.-19.4.2022
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Important dates and deadlines:
Teaming 4.-9.3.2022
Kick-off: Project brief 9.3. at 16.30-18.30 in Zoom
Phase 1: Zoom clinique 16.3. at 16.30-17.30
Phase 2: Zoom clinique 24.3. at 16.30-17.30
Phase 3: Zoom clinique 31.3. at 16.30-17.30
Phase 4: Zoom clinique 14.4. at 16.30-17.30
Final pitch presentations 19.4. at 16.30-18.30 in Zoom

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

17.01.2022 - 15.05.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, service

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLY2), Laurea yhteinen (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HLA220SN
    Liiketalouden koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Leppävaara
  • HMA220SN
    Degree Programme in Service Business Management, daytime studies, S20, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section (online) runs through 17.1. - 27.2. 2022 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

The Project section (on campus) starts with a kick-off on 3.3. and ends on 6.5. with final presentations and self and peer evaluations.

The project section will be held at the Leppävaara campus during the daytime (from 9 to 15); please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions on campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for Staffpoiint.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION
(17.1. - 27.2.) needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
(3.3. - 6.5.) will be conducted on campus according to the pre-defined schedule. The project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Please check the Schedule in Pakki. In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 17.1. - 27.2.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 3.3. - 6.5.
Conducting a service design project for Laurea student wellbeing services, in project teams.
Study unit consists of the following:

- Service Design project kick-off on 3.3. at 9 on Campus

-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover (3 weeks)
*Define (1 week)
*Develop (3 weeks)
*Deliver (2 weeks)
-Final presentations on 6.5. at 9-15 on Campus
-Self- and peer evaluation in Canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (3.3.) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

17.01.2022 - 19.05.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

7 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

30 % Contact teaching, 70 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Otaniemi, liko

Campus

Laurea Otaniemi

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLG2), Laurea Otaniemi, Finnish
Teachers
  • Eeva Miettinen
  • Päivi Harmoinen
Teacher in charge

Päivi Harmoinen

Groups
  • HLG221KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Otaniemi

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This is a blended learning implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 17.1.- 20.2. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section 2.

The Project section 2 (blended learning) starts by teaming between 24.2. -2.3. with a joint kick-off on 3.3. and ends on 12.5. with final pitch presentations. Self and peer evaluation need to be completed by 19.5.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for YIT company. Topic: to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for the work-life partner YIT.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
17.1.-20.2. needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.
Important dates and deadlines:
Kick-off for the Project brief on 3.3. at 12.30-16 at Otaniemi campus.

Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 23.3.
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 6.4.
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 27.4.
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 11.5.
Final pitch presentations on 12.5. at the campus.

Other Zoom or campus sessions:
Check up (Q&A) 10.3. at 16-18 on Zoom
Persona & Customer Journey Map workshop 23.3. at 12.30-16 at Otaniemi Campus
Ideation workshop 7.4. at 12.30-16 at Otaniemi Campus
Prototypes & testing results presentations & pitching rehearsal 28.4. at 12.30-16 at Otaniemi Campus
Pitch presentations 12.5. at 16-18 on Zoom

(Note: times are provisional and subject to change)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 5
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace according to a recommended schedule and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Phase 1 (Discover) portfolio return by 23.3.
Phase 2 (Define) portfolio return by 6.4.
Phase 3 (Develop) portfolio return by 27.4.
Phase 4 (Deliver) portfolio return by 11.5.
Final pitch presentations on 12.5. on Zoom

FOR IMPORTANT DATES SEE important dates section above.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION:7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 02.01.2022

Timing

17.01.2022 - 31.05.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

10 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Tikkurila

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus (NTV2), Laurea Tikkurila (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Outi Loikkanen
  • Terhi Kärpänen
Teacher in charge

Terhi Kärpänen

Groups
  • NTV220KA
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K20, Tikkurila
  • NTV220KAP
    Tietojenkäsittelyn koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K20, Tikkurila, ryhmä 2

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This learning course includes theory and project work. The learning platform is Canvas.
This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The first meeting, kick-off is at Zoom on 25.1.2022.
The Theory section 1 (online) runs through January-March 2022. and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The Project section 2 starts on March. with a joint kick-off and ends with final pitch presentations.

Location and time

The Theory section is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools independently in Canvas working space as well Agile methods. The theory kick-off will be held on 25.1. The participation is mandatory.

The Project section is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, and agile method usage. The project is based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning enviroment Canvas.
The project kick-off will be held on 22.3. The participation is mandatory.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (3-5 persons per team) will develop a project work for companies.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
Needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.
Important dates and deadlines.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students

Students workload

Theory 3 ects (weigh 30%)
Project 7 ects (weigh 70%)

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION
Study unit consists of the project work with four different phases.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3ect
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7ect
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

10.01.2022 - 01.05.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

3 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

70 % Contact teaching, 30 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Leppävaara

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 52

Degree programmes
  • Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus (HTA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Laura Salmi
  • Veera Lassila
Teacher in charge

Laura Salmi

Groups
  • HTA220SN
    Turvallisuuden ja riskienhallinnan koulutus, päivätoteutus, S20, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

This implementation consists of two separate parts. The first part (Theory section) is a prerequisite for the second part (Project section).

The Theory section 1 (online) runs through 10.1. - 13.2.2022 and needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

The Project section 2 (on campus) starts on with a kick-off on 17.2. and ends on 25.4.with final presentations and self and peer evaluations.

The project section will be held at the Leppävaara campus during the daytime (at 9-15); please check the schedule in Pakki. Taking part in the contact sessions at campus is crucial as we work in teams and use co-creation methods during the sessions. Between the contact sessions the teams will work according to their own agreement (online or off), following the service design process.

In case you are unable to take part in the contact sessions on campus, please choose another implementation for this study unit.

Location and time

[This field is not used at Laurea.]

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly.

Ebook:
https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit Link.

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section will include a Service Design project for Barona.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept following the service design process.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
10.1. - 13.2. needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes 5 tests (Quizzes) to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace during the given time frame and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
Service Design project 17.2. - 25.4. will be conducted on campus on pre-defined schedule. Project part requires active team work, including co-creation.

Please check the schedule in Pakki. In case the project schedule does not fit your schedule, please choose another implementation for the study unit.

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: implementation in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION
The course is 3 ects which equals to approximately 81 hours of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION
The course is 7 ects which equals to approximately 189 hours of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 10.1. - 13.2.
The theory section covers the service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed.

PROJECT SECTION 17.2. - 25.4.
Conducting a service design project for Barona, in project teams.
Study unit consists of the following:

- Service Design project kick-off on 17.2. at 9 on Campus

-Online work in teams in the following Double Diamond development phases:
*Discover (3 weeks)
*Define (1 week)
*Develop (3 weeks)
*Deliver (2 weeks)
-Final presentations on 25.4. at 9on Campus
-Self- and peer evaluation in Canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session (3.3.) or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, 5 Quizzes on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.


In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 05.12.2021

Timing

03.01.2022 - 10.04.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

10 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Leppävaara, liko

Campus

Laurea Virtual Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLA2), Laurea Leppävaara (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Anna Nolvi
  • Tarja Chydenius
Teacher in charge

Anna Nolvi

Groups
  • HLA221KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Leppävaara
  • HRA220SA
    Degree Programme in Safety, Security and Risk Management, blended learning, S20, Leppävaara

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

The course requires much work and active intensive teamwork through the whole project part. Please make sure you have reserved full days for this course. During project phase we do not accept any absence. PRESENCE and active role in project work is MANDATORY. If you want to reserve a spot in project part you have to be present during project kick-off and take active role in every meeting. THIS IS A VERY INTENSIVE course and YOU NEED TO RESERVE OVER 200h FOR IT.

This is an online implementation consisting of two separate parts. The first Theory section 1 is a prerequisite for the second Project section 2.

The Theory section 1 (online) Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.

The Project section 2 (online)
YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 10.2 -10.4.

Project part of the course is a very intensive time which requires an active attendance in group meetings and much work. Make sure you reserve enough time and you are able to devote your time fully.

Location and time

The Theory section during 3.1.-6.2.2022 is an online course, which includes learning of service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools in Canvas learning environment. You will study this part independently.

The Project section during 10.2.-10.4.2022 is an online course, which includes a service design project as team work, based on a real-life design challenge. We will work in the virtual learning environment Canvas.

The project kick-off will be held on 10.2 AT 15-18.. The participation is MANDATORY.
VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: If you are absent from kick-off you will not be able to participate in the project part of this course.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn M., Hormess M., Lawrence A. & Schneider J. 2018. This is service design doing. Sebastopol: O’Reilly.

Ebook: https://laurea.finna.fi/Search/Results?lookfor=this+is+service+design+doing&type=AllFields

Alternative completion methods of implementation

Theory section: no alternatives

Project section:
A prior knowledge and competence in an applied service design project can be manifested through alternative methods. For example, as a detailed 12-15 page project report which includes the project partners' evaluations. For further consultation, please be in touch with the instructor.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Project section:
Service Design project for company x to be confirmed.
Student teams (5-6 persons per team) will develop a service concept for company x.

Important dates

THEORY SECTION 1
3.1.-6.2.2021
Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2
10.2.-10.4.2021
Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Important dates and deadlines:
Schedule
Theory Part 1 (online) runs through 3.1. -6.2.2022 and needs to be completed before participating in the Project Part 2. Theory part is done online individually and you can study the contents at your own pace. However, it is recommended to proceed according to the course schedule in order to make sure you will finalize this part of the study unit by 6.2.2021.
This part equals to 3 credits (ects) corresponding to 81 hours of studying.

Please, check the suggested course schedule for theory below:

Orientation & Introduction to Service Design 1 week 3.1.2022 9.1.2022
Phase 1 - Discover 1 week 10.1.2022 16.1.2022
Phase 2 - Define 1 week 17.1.2022 23.1.2022
Phase 3 - Develop 1 week 24.1.2022 30.1.2022
Phase 4 - Deliver 1 week 31.1.2022 6.2.2022

Assignments
In the end of each phase (0-4) is a quiz where your learning will be tested. The quiz questions are multiple choice questions. For each quiz you have three (3) attempts and maximum time for taking the test is 60 minutes. In order to pass the quiz you need to score the minimum points stated in the quiz instructions. Note that you cannot proceed to the next quiz if you haven't passed the previous one.
All quizzes must be passed in order to complete Part 1.

How to proceed?
Study carefully the course structure, the schedule and initial instructions. Please mark important deadlines in your personal calendar.

PART 2 - PROJECT
10.2.-10.4.2021
This part of the course includes a real life project. The project will be done in multidisciplinary teams. The Project Part 2 (online) starts with kick-off on 10.2. AT 15-18. This part ends on 5.4. with final pitch presentations. You and your team will work according to the given timeline and submit your team’s assignments by the given deadlines in each phase.

YOU ARE REQUIRED TO BE FULLY COMMITTED AND TAKE ACTIVE ROLE IN TEAMWORK. ALL CLASS MEETINGS ARE MANDATORY AND YOU WILL WORK ON A PROJECT WITH YOUR TEAM VERY INTENSIVELY DURING 10.2 -5.4.

Objectives for the Part 2 (7 ects)
The focus on the Project part is on practical implementation and application of the theoretical knowledge in a real work life project. (See the study unit objectives on the home page)

Forms of internationality

Theory and Project section: execution in English.
The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

THEORY SECTION 3 ECTS
The course is 3 ects which equals approximately 81 h of studying.
Work is done individually.

PROJECT SECTION 7 ECTS
The course is 7 ects which equals approximately 189 h of studying.
Most of the work will be done in teams.
The tasks are scheduled in phases throughout the course.

Content and scheduling

THEORY SECTION 1

Theory needs to be completed before taking the Project section.
The theory section covers service design process (Double Diamond), methods and tools, and includes various tasks and tests to be taken individually. All tests can be taken at the student's own pace and need to be passed. All assignments must be submitted and passed.

PROJECT SECTION 2

Service Design project will be conducted in 4 development phases, which are based on pre-defined schedule.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrolment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.” (Laurea degree regulations)

In the case of online studies the lecturer can also specify some other way than participation on an online meeting what is required from the student so that he/she verifies his/her attendance on the study unit (Decision by the vice president, education 7/2019).

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

THEORY SECTION: 3 ects
Individual assignments, Quiz and other individual tasks on Canvas, scale 1-5

PROJECT SECTION: 7 ects
Team assignment: service concept and service design portfolio, scale 1-5
Self- and peer assessment, instructor assessment.

The evaluation is based on Laurea's evaluation criteria level 2

Evaluation criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
– report and communicate in a professional manner
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– act independently taking into account the operating environment
– take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
– describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, good (3-4)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– propose creative solutions at work
– promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
-describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Evaluation criteria, excellent (5)

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING
– analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT
– evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
– anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners
TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY
– evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
– evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

Enrollment

29.11.2021 - 21.12.2021

Timing

01.01.2022 - 31.07.2022

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual proportion

4 op

RDI proportion

7 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Laurea Lohja, liko

Campus

Laurea Lohja

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Liiketalouden koulutus (HLF2), Laurea Lohja (Finnish)
Teachers
  • Marja Isokangas
  • Antti Keskitalo
Teacher in charge

Antti Keskitalo

Groups
  • HLF221KA
    Liiketalouden koulutus, monimuotototeutus, K21, Lohja

Learning outcomes

The student is able to
- describe how value is created for the customers through service
- recognize the essence of Service Design thinking and methods
- plan, implement and evaluate a Service Design project using service design methods
- apply creative problem-solving and develop working methods individually and in teams
- foster entrepreneurship through service design

Teaching methods

Key content of this study unit

- principles of service design process and tools, theory and practice, how a service design concept can be developed for a real company case

- 30% of the assignments are individual and 70% for the team (service design project)

- main part of the studies is service design project, divided into kick-off, 4 workshop days and final presentations

- project work requires tight co-working in teams

- efficient time management is required.

Learning materials and recommended literature

Stickdorn, M., Lawrence, A. and Hormess, M., Schneider, J. 2018.This is service design doing : applying service design thinking in the real world : a practitioner's handbook.Canada: O'Reilly
https://laurea.finna.fi/Record/nelli01.4100000002045871

Further references to be announced when the course starts.

Alternative completion methods of implementation

According to degree regulations “All students are entitled to demonstrate their competence. The recognition and accreditation of prior competence is initiated by the students themselves. The competence is recognised and accredited by the teacher responsible for the module or study unit or another person designated by the director of the UAS unit. The assessment is carried out according to the same criteria and grading scale as that adopted for the corresponding study unit.” For further information visit the student intranet.

Co-operation with working life and/or RDI

Student teams (4-5 persons per team) will develop a service concept for an organization provided by the instructors.

Important dates

The study unit opens 1.1.2022 and individual work can be done starting that date.

Teamwork will be announced 7.2.2021 at the project kick-off. Project work includes kick-off, four workshop days and presentations to project organization.

Forms of internationality

The study unit is suitable for exchange students.

Students workload

One credit equals approximately 27 hours of work performed by the student.

Content and scheduling

You will learn what service design is in theory and you are able to use the service design tools and methods in practise with the project organization. You will use tools and methods such as: desk reseach, contextual interviews, persona, ideation tools, voting and deciding, concept creation and business model canvas.

Further information for students

According to the degree regulations (section 18) “students must be present in the first contact session or notify their teacher in charge if they cannot attend. If they fail to notify the teacher of their absence in the first contact session, their enrollment will be rejected. Another student in the queue may be enrolled in the study unit in the place of the absent student.”

Grading scale

H-5

Evaluation methods and criteria

Individual assignments: 30%, scale 1-5
Team assignment 70% scale 1-5

Self- and peer assessment are part of the evaluation.

In this study unit the assessing of the competences will be done by using the criteria set for requirement level II.

PROFESSIONAL KNOWLEDGE BASIS, INFORMATION SEARCHING AND REPORTING

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- analyse the acquired information, draw conclusions and combine theoretical knowledge with experiential knowledge

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- critically evaluate information and justify their actions with science-based knowledge

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- use professional concepts in a consistent manner and demonstrate his/her familiarity with the knowledge basis
- report and communicate in a professional manner

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND WORKPLACE DEVELOPMENT

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate the applicability of produced knowledge, skill or idea to other contexts as well as their impact
- anticipate needs of customers and/or co-operation partners

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- propose creative solutions at work
- promote professional co-operation and enhance customer and partner relationships

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- act independently taking into account the operating environment
- take responsibility for interaction with customers and/or co-operation partners and for responding to their needs

TEAMWORK SKILLS, LEADERSHIP AND RESPONSIBILITY

To achieve grade 5 student must be able to
- evaluate and develop the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- evaluate the possibilities for utilising competence and plan his/her personal development and development of the team

To achieve grade 3 student must be able to
- act in a manner that promotes the team’s entrepreneurial and responsible approach to work
- describe the development of his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

To achieve grade 1 (or pass) student must be able to
- describe the significance of his/her actions for successful co-operation
- describe his/her competence in relation to the learning outcomes

Students who have failed assignments or examinations required for passing a study unit must supplement or retake their study attainment in a manner and schedule defined by the teacher of the study unit. (Laurea degree regulations.)

All staff and students of Laurea are expected to adhere to good scientific practices, which includes appropriate referencing. Familiarise yourself with the practices and, if needed, ask for more information. All study assignments are to be done as individual work unless otherwise instructed.